1 #LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
86 \paragraph_separation indent
88 \quotes_language english
91 \paperpagestyle default
92 \tracking_changes false
112 \begin_layout Standard
114 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
117 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
125 \begin_layout Standard
126 \begin_inset Note Note
129 \begin_layout Standard
130 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
137 \begin_layout Standard
138 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
146 \begin_layout Standard
147 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
154 \begin_layout Chapter
158 \begin_layout Section
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 LyX is a document preparation system.
164 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
165 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
166 It is unlike most other
167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
174 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
176 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
188 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
193 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
197 \begin_layout Standard
198 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
211 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
215 \begin_layout Standard
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
229 the format of all of the manuals.
230 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
231 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 \begin_layout Section
252 \begin_layout Subsection
256 \begin_layout Standard
257 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
263 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
265 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
266 already done that in the
271 Check there for more info.
274 \begin_layout Standard
275 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
278 \begin_layout Standard
279 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
280 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
281 More on that in a bit.
284 \begin_layout Subsection
288 \begin_layout Standard
289 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
291 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
292 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
294 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
300 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
314 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
319 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
320 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
322 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
323 only a vertical scrollbar.
326 \begin_layout Standard
327 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
328 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
329 This, however, is due
330 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
331 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
332 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
333 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
335 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
336 this doesn't work for equations yet.
339 \begin_layout Subsection
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
345 commercial applications.
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
356 of the manuals from inside LyX.
357 Just select the manual you want read from the
367 \begin_layout Standard
368 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
369 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
370 Here's what one of our authors,
374 , once said about manuals:
377 \begin_layout Quotation
381 \begin_layout Quotation
382 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
383 They are aggravating.
384 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
385 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
386 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
387 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
388 then they should sit down and learn
392 they start up a major piece of software.
395 \begin_layout Quotation
396 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
398 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
399 and intimidated, not stupid.
400 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
401 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
404 \begin_layout Standard
407 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
408 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
409 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
410 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
414 \begin_layout Section
418 \begin_layout Subsection
419 Basic File Operations
422 \begin_layout Standard
430 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
431 more advanced operations:
434 \begin_layout Itemize
443 \begin_layout Itemize
455 \begin_layout Itemize
464 \begin_layout Itemize
473 \begin_layout Itemize
482 \begin_layout Itemize
493 \begin_layout Itemize
502 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
521 \begin_layout Standard
522 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
523 a few minor differences.
529 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
538 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
539 you for a template to use.
540 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
541 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
542 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
545 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
546 reference "sec:doc-classes"
553 \begin_layout Standard
555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
578 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
579 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
582 \begin_layout Standard
590 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
595 \begin_layout Standard
596 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
609 It will simply reload the document from disk.
610 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
611 and want to restore it to the last save.
614 \begin_layout Standard
615 The second matter of note concerns the commands
620 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
632 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
648 to save us all from our own stupidity.
649 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
650 be informed that there are unsaved files.
653 \begin_layout Subsection
654 Basic Editing Features
657 \begin_layout Standard
658 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
659 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
660 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
661 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
663 We'll start with cut and paste.
666 \begin_layout Standard
667 As you might expect, the
674 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
675 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Itemize
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Itemize
705 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
709 \begin_layout Standard
710 The first three are self-explanatory.
711 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
712 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
721 keys also functions as the
726 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
727 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
728 it with what you just typed.
736 to get back the lost text.
739 \begin_layout Standard
745 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
752 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
762 The text you want to find goes in the
771 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
779 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
789 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
792 \begin_layout Standard
804 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
807 \begin_layout Standard
817 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
819 If the toggle is set, searching for
820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
831 will not match the word
832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
846 \begin_layout Standard
855 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
895 \begin_layout Subsection
899 \begin_layout Standard
900 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
901 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
907 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
914 to undo some mistake.
915 If you accidently undo too much, use
920 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
935 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
940 \begin_layout Standard
941 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
942 it was last saved, the
943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
950 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
951 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
954 \begin_layout Standard
969 work on almost everything in LyX.
970 They have some quirks, too.
985 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
986 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1000 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1001 hopefully appreciate how it works.
1004 \begin_layout Subsection
1005 Basic Mouse Bindings
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1009 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
1010 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1011 can do with the mouse.
1012 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1015 \begin_layout Enumerate
1020 \begin_layout Itemize
1025 once anywhere in the edit window.
1026 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1030 \begin_layout Enumerate
1035 \begin_layout Itemize
1041 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1047 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1050 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1053 \begin_layout Itemize
1054 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1059 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1066 \begin_layout Enumerate
1067 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1071 \begin_layout Standard
1076 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1077 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1081 \begin_layout Enumerate
1086 \begin_layout Standard
1091 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1096 \begin_layout Subsection
1098 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1099 name "sec: key bindings"
1106 \begin_layout Standard
1107 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1108 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1110 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1111 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1114 \begin_layout Standard
1141 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1145 \begin_layout Labeling
1146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1151 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1152 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1153 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1154 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1159 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1160 reference "sec:par-environments"
1164 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1166 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1167 reference "sec:parenvlists"
1173 If you're still confused, look in the
1180 \begin_layout Labeling
1181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1195 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1198 \begin_layout Labeling
1199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1210 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1211 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1215 \begin_layout Labeling
1216 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1231 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1235 works as expected and
1239 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1243 \begin_layout Standard
1244 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1245 by that, go read section
1246 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1247 reference "sec:x-win-keys"
1252 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1256 \begin_layout Standard
1257 Then there are the modifier keys:
1260 \begin_layout Labeling
1261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1266 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1267 in combination with:
1271 \begin_layout Itemize
1280 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1283 \begin_layout Itemize
1292 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1295 \begin_layout Itemize
1304 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1308 \begin_layout Labeling
1309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1314 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1315 and new cursor positions.
1318 \begin_layout Labeling
1319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1324 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1326 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1327 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1328 one actually performs the
1333 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1335 menu accelerator keys
1338 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1339 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1343 \begin_layout Standard
1344 For example, the sequence
1345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1389 There are also other things bound to the
1393 key, but you'll have to check in the
1405 \begin_layout Standard
1406 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1407 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1408 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1409 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1410 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1411 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1412 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1428 followed by a capital
1434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1452 \begin_layout Section
1453 Using LyX with Other Programs
1456 \begin_layout Subsection
1457 Importing plain text files
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 You can import text from an plain text file using the
1466 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1471 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1486 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1491 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1504 \begin_layout Standard
1510 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1515 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1524 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1525 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1526 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1527 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1536 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1541 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1551 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1552 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1558 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1564 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1565 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1566 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1570 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1571 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1574 \begin_layout Subsection
1575 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1578 \begin_layout Standard
1591 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1592 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1593 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1594 text with the middle mouse button.
1598 \begin_layout Standard
1599 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1600 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1601 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1604 \begin_layout Chapter
1605 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1608 \begin_layout Section
1612 \begin_layout Standard
1613 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1614 can safely skip this chapter.
1615 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1616 distributed with it.
1619 \begin_layout Standard
1620 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1622 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1629 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1642 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1643 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1645 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1649 \begin_layout Standard
1650 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1651 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1659 \begin_layout Section
1661 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1669 \begin_layout Standard
1670 There are two ways to run LyX.
1671 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1672 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1673 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1682 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1683 are put in the correct places.
1686 \begin_layout Standard
1687 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1688 without resorting to configuration files.
1689 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1690 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1691 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1696 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1697 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1698 which are not seen by LyX.
1699 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1704 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1712 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1713 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1714 about what has been found under
1719 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1730 \begin_layout Standard
1731 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1732 document-level setting that you can change via the
1737 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1745 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1746 taste and save them with the
1753 Document\InsetSpace ~
1764 This will create a template named
1768 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1769 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1772 \begin_layout Standard
1773 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1774 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1779 It will then attempt to read a file called
1787 \begin_layout Standard
1792 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1793 This directory is called LyX's
1798 To find out where it is, use
1803 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1810 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1823 \begin_layout Standard
1829 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1836 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1840 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1844 \begin_layout Section
1845 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1846 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1847 name "sec:x-win-keys"
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 To use LyX properly, X
1859 be set up correctly.
1860 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1861 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1862 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1863 you must do this yourself.
1864 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1865 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1866 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1869 \begin_layout Subsection
1870 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1873 \begin_layout Standard
1874 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1875 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1877 If you don't have them, install them.
1880 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1884 \begin_layout Standard
1885 This document contains no information on how to use
1899 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1901 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1904 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1924 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1928 \begin_layout Standard
1929 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1930 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1931 output in a form readable by
1936 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1940 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1943 \begin_layout Subsection
1944 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1947 \begin_layout Standard
1948 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1961 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1965 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1967 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1975 ) or as a prefix key.
1976 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1983 \begin_layout Itemize
1989 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1995 \begin_layout Itemize
2001 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2007 \begin_layout Itemize
2013 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2019 \begin_layout Itemize
2025 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2033 only from time to time.
2034 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2035 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2038 \begin_layout Subsection
2039 Helpful Hints and Tips
2042 \begin_layout Standard
2043 First, open up two xterminals.
2044 Use one to edit a new
2057 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2062 to output the new keymap.
2067 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2068 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2072 file, and you're done.
2076 \begin_layout Standard
2077 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2082 This will create a usable map file.
2090 \begin_layout Standard
2091 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2092 Try executing the command
2097 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2100 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2102 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2103 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2110 \begin_layout Standard
2111 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2124 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2125 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2134 to the same operation.
2136 Other programs, however, use
2144 for different operations.
2145 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2153 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2156 \begin_layout Section
2160 \begin_layout Standard
2161 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2166 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2169 \begin_layout Standard
2170 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2171 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2175 \begin_layout Standard
2176 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2177 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2188 That's how you pronounce
2189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2204 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2225 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2233 format, or Dvi, for short.
2234 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2235 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2237 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2241 \begin_layout Standard
2242 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2243 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2244 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2247 \begin_layout Standard
2248 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2249 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2250 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2251 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2252 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2255 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
2256 target "http://www.ctan.org"
2261 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2269 \begin_layout Section
2270 Dvips and Ghostscript
2273 \begin_layout Subsection
2277 \begin_layout Standard
2278 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2279 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2281 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2285 \begin_layout Itemize
2291 \begin_layout Itemize
2297 \begin_layout Itemize
2303 \begin_layout Itemize
2309 \begin_layout Standard
2310 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2314 \begin_layout Standard
2315 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2316 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2323 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2324 with LaTeX and should read the
2328 document before proceeding further.
2333 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2335 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2336 the PostScript through
2340 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2341 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2342 every time you print.
2343 For now, we'll concentrate on
2350 \begin_layout Subsection
2352 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2353 name "sec:dvipsconfig"
2360 \begin_layout Standard
2361 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2362 you should configure
2372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2379 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2381 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2395 set up to send output to the default printer.
2396 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2399 \begin_layout Standard
2400 If you are not in a mood to configure
2404 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2405 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2406 expect from your printer.
2407 At least, it will print.
2410 \begin_layout Standard
2411 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2412 on Linux), you should run the program
2417 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2421 you should then select menu entry
2426 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2434 \begin_layout Standard
2435 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2439 how to automagically convert a
2447 file adapted to printer
2451 , you need to have a config-file,
2452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2463 lying around somewhere.
2474 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2476 in most TeX distributions.
2477 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2478 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2490 It'll be there somewhere.
2493 \begin_layout Standard
2494 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2499 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2507 \begin_layout Standard
2508 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2519 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2525 containing only the relevant lines.
2529 \begin_layout Standard
2530 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2531 There may exist a line that looks like,
2532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2543 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2557 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2562 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2586 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2588 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2589 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2590 best possible result on your printer.
2591 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2596 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2600 \begin_layout Standard
2601 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2602 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2603 To do this, you should launch the
2612 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2623 tab, and set the entries
2636 \begin_layout Standard
2637 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2639 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2650 environment variable.
2651 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2653 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2658 \begin_layout Standard
2659 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2663 as a filter for your print spooler.
2664 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2665 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2668 \begin_layout Standard
2669 Some people don't seem to like using the
2678 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2679 into your printer language.
2680 You can specify this program in the
2685 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2686 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2687 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2688 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2700 \begin_layout Subsection
2701 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2704 \begin_layout Standard
2718 files, while the later interfaces with
2722 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2725 \begin_layout Standard
2726 A quick note on both of these programs.
2727 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2731 \begin_layout Standard
2740 file, not the files used to make these.
2746 You can also force an update.
2747 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2749 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2753 \begin_layout Standard
2754 The LyX team recommends using
2758 for fine tuning documents.
2759 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2760 you can view the changes.
2764 \begin_layout Enumerate
2769 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2772 \begin_layout Enumerate
2773 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2776 \begin_layout Enumerate
2777 To view those changes, just choose
2782 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2787 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2795 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2806 \begin_layout Standard
2807 Now, this doesn't mean
2816 is better suited to those occasions where you
2820 view the PostScript version of the document.
2821 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2827 There is an alternative to
2831 which sports a much better interface:
2836 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2843 \begin_layout Section
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2850 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2851 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2852 printers set up for your system.
2853 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2858 as described in the last section.
2861 \begin_layout Standard
2864 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2865 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2867 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2868 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2871 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2872 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2873 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2892 \begin_layout Chapter
2896 \begin_layout Section
2900 \begin_layout Subsection
2904 \begin_layout Standard
2905 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2910 of document you want to edit.
2911 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2912 numbering schemes, and so on.
2913 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2914 and format the title of your document differently.
2917 \begin_layout Standard
2922 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2923 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2924 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2925 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2926 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2929 \begin_layout Standard
2930 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2931 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2934 \begin_layout Subsection
2935 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2936 name "sec:doc-classes"
2940 The Various Document Classes
2943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2947 \begin_layout Standard
2948 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2952 \begin_layout Description
2953 Article for basic articles
2956 \begin_layout Description
2957 Report for basic reports
2960 \begin_layout Description
2961 Book for writing a book
2964 \begin_layout Description
2965 Letter for US-style letters
2968 \begin_layout Description
2969 Slides is used to make transparencies
2972 \begin_layout Standard
2973 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2974 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2977 \begin_layout Description
2978 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2982 \begin_layout Description
2983 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2984 Mathematical Society].
2985 There are three amsart layouts available.
2986 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2990 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2991 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2992 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2997 sequential numbering
2998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3001 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
3002 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
3003 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
3004 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
3007 \begin_layout Description
3008 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
3009 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
3010 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
3011 that you would need to number results.
3014 \begin_layout Description
3015 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3018 \begin_layout Description
3019 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3024 \begin_layout Description
3025 Paper for use with the
3029 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3032 \begin_layout Description
3033 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3034 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3036 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3039 \begin_layout Standard
3040 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3042 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3047 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3048 of the document classes.
3051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3055 \begin_layout Standard
3056 You can select a class using the
3063 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3069 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3077 \begin_layout Standard
3078 Each class has a default set of options.
3079 Here's a quick table describing them:
3082 \begin_layout Standard
3083 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3089 \begin_layout Standard
3091 \begin_inset Tabular
3092 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="5">
3094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3099 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3103 \begin_layout Standard
3109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3130 \begin_layout Standard
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3166 \begin_layout Standard
3182 <row topline="true">
3183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3186 \begin_layout Standard
3200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3203 \begin_layout Standard
3218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3221 \begin_layout Standard
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Standard
3254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3257 \begin_layout Standard
3273 <row topline="true">
3274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3277 \begin_layout Standard
3291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3294 \begin_layout Standard
3309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3312 \begin_layout Standard
3327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3330 \begin_layout Standard
3345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3348 \begin_layout Standard
3364 <row topline="true">
3365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3368 \begin_layout Standard
3382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3385 \begin_layout Standard
3400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3403 \begin_layout Standard
3418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3421 \begin_layout Standard
3436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3455 <row topline="true">
3456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3459 \begin_layout Standard
3473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3476 \begin_layout Standard
3491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3494 \begin_layout Standard
3509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3512 \begin_layout Standard
3527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3530 \begin_layout Standard
3545 <row topline="true">
3546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3549 \begin_layout Standard
3563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3566 \begin_layout Standard
3581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3584 \begin_layout Standard
3599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3602 \begin_layout Standard
3617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3620 \begin_layout Standard
3636 <row topline="true">
3637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3640 \begin_layout Standard
3654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3657 \begin_layout Standard
3672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3675 \begin_layout Standard
3690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3711 \begin_layout Standard
3727 <row topline="true">
3728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3731 \begin_layout Standard
3745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3748 \begin_layout Standard
3763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3817 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3821 \begin_layout Standard
3835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3838 \begin_layout Standard
3853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3856 \begin_layout Standard
3871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3874 \begin_layout Standard
3889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3892 \begin_layout Standard
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3916 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3922 \begin_layout Standard
3923 There is no default value of
3932 for any of these classes.
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You're probably also wondering what
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3947 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
3948 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3953 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3958 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
3968 headings, there are also
3976 headings, and so on.
3977 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3978 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3979 reference "sec:parenvheadings"
3986 \begin_layout Subsection
3987 Fine-tuning the Defaults
3990 \begin_layout Standard
3991 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
3992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4007 That's what this section is for.
4010 \begin_layout Labeling
4011 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4019 This is another list, containing five options.
4020 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 LaTeX does this part.
4034 \begin_layout Labeling
4035 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4040 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4043 \begin_layout Labeling
4044 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4049 No page numbers or headings.
4052 \begin_layout Labeling
4053 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4061 \begin_layout Labeling
4062 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4067 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4068 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4069 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4072 \begin_layout Labeling
4073 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4078 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4084 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4085 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4087 Check the documentation for the
4091 package for more details.
4095 \begin_layout Labeling
4096 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4101 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4102 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4108 have a printer that duplexes
4112 \begin_layout Standard
4114 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4119 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4120 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4124 \begin_layout Standard
4125 There are two radio buttons here:
4129 for single-sided documents,
4133 for double-sided documents.
4137 \begin_layout Labeling
4138 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4143 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4144 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4152 for the number of columns.
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4159 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4164 be two columns in the generated output.
4168 \begin_layout Labeling
4169 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4185 takes several options.
4186 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4187 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4188 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4189 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4193 \begin_layout Labeling
4194 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4199 This has its own section.
4202 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4203 reference "sec:parindentintro"
4207 for a description of what this does.
4210 \begin_layout Subsection
4211 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 There are several other options to set in the
4217 Document\InsetSpace ~
4221 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4222 affect certain features.
4223 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4224 features they affect.
4227 \begin_layout Standard
4228 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4229 we'll describe them here.
4230 You'll find them in the
4241 \begin_layout Labeling
4242 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4247 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4265 \begin_layout Labeling
4266 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4275 What size paper to print on.
4280 \begin_layout Itemize
4286 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Itemize
4302 \begin_layout Itemize
4308 \begin_layout Itemize
4314 \begin_layout Itemize
4320 \begin_layout Itemize
4327 \begin_layout Standard
4328 Some of these settings require you to have the
4333 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4340 \begin_layout Subsection
4344 \begin_layout Standard
4345 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4350 That includes the paragraph environments.
4351 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4353 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4354 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4355 paragraph environments to
4359 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4360 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4361 the conversion and why it failed.
4364 \begin_layout Section
4365 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4368 \begin_layout Subsection
4370 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4371 name "sec:parindentintro"
4378 \begin_layout Standard
4379 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4380 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4385 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4386 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4387 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4392 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4398 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4399 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4400 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4405 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4406 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4411 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4420 \begin_layout Standard
4421 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4422 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4424 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4425 LyX takes care of that.
4426 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4428 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4429 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4430 of a page, and so on.
4434 \begin_layout Standard
4435 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4440 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4441 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4445 of these pre-coded spacings.
4446 We'll explain more later.
4449 \begin_layout Subsection
4450 Global Indentation Method
4453 \begin_layout Standard
4454 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4469 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4472 \begin_layout Subsection
4476 \begin_layout Standard
4477 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4483 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4488 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4491 dialog and toggle the
4498 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4499 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4500 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4501 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4505 \begin_layout Standard
4506 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4507 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4508 Typically, you'll select
4523 for the entire document and edit away.
4526 \begin_layout Subsection
4527 Changing Line Spacing
4530 \begin_layout Standard
4536 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4543 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4550 \begin_layout Section
4551 Paragraph Environments
4552 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4553 name "sec:par-environments"
4560 \begin_layout Subsection
4564 \begin_layout Standard
4565 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4568 \begin_layout Standard
4592 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4593 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4594 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4603 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 A paragraph environment is simply a
4608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4615 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4616 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4617 scheme, labels, and so on.
4618 Additionally, you can
4619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4626 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4627 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4628 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4629 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4630 days of typewriters.
4631 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4633 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4636 \begin_layout Standard
4637 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4639 LyX will change the environment of the
4643 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4644 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4645 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4649 \begin_layout Standard
4658 create a new paragraph using the
4662 paragraph environment.
4664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4671 because this isn't always the case.
4675 \begin_layout Standard
4676 If you are in one of these environments:
4680 \begin_layout Standard
4690 \begin_layout Standard
4694 \begin_layout Standard
4708 \begin_layout Itemize
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4720 \begin_layout Standard
4724 \begin_layout Standard
4736 \begin_layout Itemize
4742 \begin_layout Itemize
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4752 \begin_layout Standard
4764 \begin_layout Itemize
4770 \begin_layout Itemize
4776 \begin_layout Standard
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4792 \begin_layout Itemize
4798 \begin_layout Standard
4802 \begin_layout Standard
4812 \begin_layout Standard
4813 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4817 , rather than resetting it to
4822 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4827 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4828 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4830 reference "sec:nest"
4835 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4840 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4841 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4849 \begin_layout Subsection
4853 \begin_layout Standard
4854 The default paragraph environment is
4859 It creates a plain paragraph.
4860 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4861 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4862 this manual] are in the
4869 \begin_layout Standard
4870 You can nest a paragraph using the
4874 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4882 \begin_layout Subsection
4886 \begin_layout Standard
4887 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4896 for thanks or contact information.
4897 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4898 page along with today's date.
4899 For other types of documents, the title
4900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4907 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4911 \begin_layout Standard
4912 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4926 Here's how you use them:
4929 \begin_layout Itemize
4930 Put the title of your document in the
4937 \begin_layout Itemize
4938 Put the author name in the
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4947 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4953 Note that using this environment is optional.
4954 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
4959 You can use footnotes to insert
4960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4967 or contact information.
4970 \begin_layout Subsection
4972 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4973 name "sec:parenvheadings"
4980 \begin_layout Standard
4981 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4982 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4983 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
4987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4991 \begin_layout Standard
4992 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
4993 \begin_inset Note Note
4996 \begin_layout Standard
4997 Why no mention of Part ?
5005 \begin_layout Enumerate
5011 \begin_layout Enumerate
5017 \begin_layout Enumerate
5023 \begin_layout Enumerate
5029 \begin_layout Enumerate
5035 \begin_layout Enumerate
5041 \begin_layout Standard
5042 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5043 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5044 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5045 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5046 You group the book into chapters.
5047 LyX does similar grouping:
5050 \begin_layout Itemize
5059 is the maximum sectioning level.
5062 \begin_layout Itemize
5074 \begin_layout Itemize
5086 \begin_layout Itemize
5098 \begin_layout Itemize
5110 \begin_layout Itemize
5122 \begin_layout Standard
5127 not all document types use the
5131 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5136 is the top-level heading.
5139 \begin_layout Standard
5144 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5145 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5147 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5159 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5163 \begin_layout Standard
5164 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5168 \begin_layout Enumerate
5174 \begin_layout Enumerate
5180 \begin_layout Enumerate
5186 \begin_layout Standard
5188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5195 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5196 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5200 Changing the Numbering
5201 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5202 name "sub:section-depth"
5209 \begin_layout Standard
5210 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5211 in the Table of Contents.
5212 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5214 Certain classes start with
5228 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5238 This is something you can change.
5241 \begin_layout Standard
5247 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5255 You should see a counter labelled
5257 Section\InsetSpace ~
5266 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5268 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5269 here's a table of values and what they do:
5272 \begin_layout Standard
5273 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5279 \begin_layout Standard
5281 \begin_inset Tabular
5282 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5286 <row topline="true">
5287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5325 <row bottomline="true">
5326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5346 \begin_layout Standard
5361 <row topline="true">
5362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5365 \begin_layout Standard
5379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5382 \begin_layout Standard
5391 no numbering of any kind
5397 <row topline="true">
5398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5401 \begin_layout Standard
5415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5438 <row topline="true">
5439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5442 \begin_layout Standard
5456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5459 \begin_layout Standard
5475 <row topline="true">
5476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5479 \begin_layout Standard
5493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5496 \begin_layout Standard
5512 <row topline="true">
5513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5516 \begin_layout Standard
5530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5549 <row topline="true">
5550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5553 \begin_layout Standard
5567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5570 \begin_layout Standard
5590 <row topline="true">
5591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5594 \begin_layout Standard
5608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5611 \begin_layout Standard
5631 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5635 \begin_layout Standard
5649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5652 \begin_layout Standard
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5680 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5686 \begin_layout Standard
5687 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5695 will number parts and chapters, while
5696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5703 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5704 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5710 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5733 \begin_layout Standard
5734 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5738 contents\InsetSpace ~
5742 It works the same way as
5744 Section\InsetSpace ~
5745 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5748 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5750 This is a great control to have.
5751 Suppose you wanted to number
5755 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5767 s in the Table of Contents.
5770 Section\InsetSpace ~
5771 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5784 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5795 and voilà! You're all set.
5798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5802 \begin_layout Standard
5803 The following information applies to
5842 \begin_layout Itemize
5843 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5846 \begin_layout Itemize
5847 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5850 \begin_layout Itemize
5851 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5854 \begin_layout Itemize
5855 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5858 \begin_layout Standard
5859 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5860 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5863 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5864 Creating an Appendix
5867 \begin_layout Standard
5868 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5869 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5874 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5882 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5886 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5887 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5888 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5891 \begin_layout Subsection
5895 \begin_layout Standard
5896 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5910 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5911 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5912 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5913 the text they contain.
5914 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5922 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5925 \begin_layout Standard
5926 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5935 when you start a new paragraph.
5936 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5940 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5941 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5942 to change back to the
5946 environment yourself.
5949 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5959 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5968 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5969 time for the differences.
5978 are identical except for one difference:
5982 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5991 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5994 \begin_layout Standard
5995 Here's an example of the
6008 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6010 See - no indentation!
6014 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6015 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6016 the other paragraph.
6019 \begin_layout Standard
6020 That ends that example.
6021 Here's another example, this time in the
6028 \begin_layout Quotation
6034 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6035 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6036 the first line, then
6040 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6044 you were quoting other text.
6047 \begin_layout Quotation
6048 Here's a new paragraph.
6049 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6050 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6053 \begin_layout Standard
6054 That was our other example.
6055 As the example notes,
6059 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6060 They should put quotes in the
6065 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6069 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6076 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6084 \begin_layout Standard
6089 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6096 Which I did not rehearse!
6100 It could be much worse.
6101 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6103 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6104 indented a bit more than the first.
6105 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6112 And make things look fine
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6126 does not indent both margins.
6127 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6128 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6139 \begin_layout Subsection
6141 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6142 name "sec:parenvlists"
6149 \begin_layout Standard
6150 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6160 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6169 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6170 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6171 some general features of all four of them.
6174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6178 \begin_layout Standard
6179 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6181 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6190 reset the environment to
6194 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6195 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6196 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6201 to break paragraphs.
6204 \begin_layout Standard
6205 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6206 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6208 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6209 you read all of section
6210 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6211 reference "sec:nest"
6219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6225 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6233 \begin_layout Standard
6234 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6238 paragraph environment.
6239 It has the following properties:
6242 \begin_layout Itemize
6243 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6247 \begin_layout Itemize
6248 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6251 \begin_layout Itemize
6252 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6256 \begin_layout Itemize
6257 The items can be any length.
6258 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6259 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6266 \begin_layout Itemize
6271 environment inside another
6275 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6280 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6283 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6287 \begin_layout Itemize
6289 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6290 reference "sec:nest"
6294 for a full explanation of nesting.
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6299 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6308 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6311 \begin_layout Standard
6312 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6313 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6314 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6317 \begin_layout Itemize
6318 The label for the first level
6322 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6326 \begin_layout Itemize
6327 The label for the second level is a dash.
6331 \begin_layout Itemize
6332 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6336 \begin_layout Itemize
6337 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6342 Back out to the third level.
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6347 Back to the second level.
6351 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 Back to the outermost level.
6355 \begin_layout Standard
6356 These are the default labels for an
6361 You can customize these labels in the
6365 \begin_layout Standard
6379 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6393 \begin_layout Standard
6394 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6395 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6397 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6398 reference "sec:nest"
6406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6412 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6413 name "sec:enumerate"
6420 \begin_layout Standard
6425 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6426 It has these properties:
6429 \begin_layout Enumerate
6430 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6434 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6439 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6443 \begin_layout Enumerate
6448 environment resets the counter to one.
6451 \begin_layout Enumerate
6464 \begin_layout Enumerate
6465 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6466 Items can be any length.
6469 \begin_layout Enumerate
6470 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6474 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6478 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6482 \begin_layout Standard
6495 show the different labels for each item.
6496 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6503 \begin_layout Enumerate
6504 The first level of an
6508 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6512 \begin_layout Enumerate
6513 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6517 \begin_layout Enumerate
6518 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6522 \begin_layout Enumerate
6523 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6526 \begin_layout Enumerate
6527 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6532 \begin_layout Enumerate
6533 Back to the third level
6537 \begin_layout Enumerate
6538 Back to the second level.
6542 \begin_layout Enumerate
6543 Back to the outermost level.
6546 \begin_layout Standard
6547 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6552 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6557 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6558 not on the LyX screen.
6561 \begin_layout Standard
6562 There is more to nesting
6566 environments than we've stated here.
6572 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6573 reference "sec:nest"
6577 to learn more about nesting.
6580 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6586 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6587 name "sec:descrlist"
6594 \begin_layout Standard
6595 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6599 list has no fixed label.
6600 Instead, LyX uses the first
6601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6608 of the first line as the label.
6612 \begin_layout Description
6613 Example: This is an example of the
6620 \begin_layout Standard
6621 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6625 \begin_layout Standard
6626 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6630 uses the first 'word'.
6631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6638 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6647 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6651 \begin_layout Standard
6652 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6657 environment? Simple: use a
6668 Special\InsetSpace ~
6673 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6678 otected\InsetSpace ~
6691 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6692 reference "sec:hspace"
6696 for more info.] Here's an example:
6699 \begin_layout Description
6701 Example: This one shows how to use a
6703 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6713 \begin_layout Description
6714 Usage: You should use the
6718 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6719 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6721 It's not a good idea to use a
6725 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6726 You're better off using
6738 paragraphs into them.
6741 \begin_layout Description
6742 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6746 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6751 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6752 them from the first line.
6755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6761 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6769 \begin_layout Standard
6774 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6778 \begin_layout Standard
6779 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6780 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6781 reference "sec:itemize"
6786 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6787 reference "sec:descrlist"
6800 create numbered lists.
6805 does, and it's documented in section
6806 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6807 reference "sec:enumerate"
6815 \begin_layout Standard
6824 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6825 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6829 \begin_layout Labeling
6830 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6832 labels LyX uses the first
6833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6840 of each line as the item label.
6845 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6846 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6847 blank as described above.
6850 \begin_layout Labeling
6851 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6852 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6853 the body of the item text.
6854 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6855 label width plus a little extra space.
6859 \begin_layout Labeling
6860 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6862 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6863 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6864 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6872 into the first line.
6873 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6874 margin of the rest of the item text.
6877 \begin_layout Labeling
6878 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6879 default\InsetSpace ~
6880 width You can very easily set this default width.
6881 It's quite painless, actually.
6882 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6886 environment have the same left margin.
6889 \begin_layout Labeling
6890 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6891 uses You should use the
6895 environment the same way you'd use as
6899 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6905 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6909 \begin_layout Labeling
6910 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6911 nesting You can nest
6915 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6917 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6919 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6920 reference "sec:nest"
6924 to learn about nesting.
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6928 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6934 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6938 item if you want to change only its label width.
6944 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6949 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
6963 box determines the default label width.
6964 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
6965 here, but you don't need to.
6966 We recommend using the letter
6967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6975 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
6976 The default label width in the example
6981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6997 as your unit of width in the
7002 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7008 every time you alter a label in a
7015 \begin_layout Standard
7016 There's yet another feature of the
7020 environment we need to tell you about.
7021 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7022 You can use additional
7026 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7032 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7033 reference "sec:hspace"
7038 Here are some examples:
7041 \begin_layout Labeling
7042 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7043 Left The default for
7050 \begin_layout Labeling
7051 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7058 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7061 \begin_layout Labeling
7062 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7071 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7074 \begin_layout Standard
7075 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7080 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7087 \begin_layout Standard
7088 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7089 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7091 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7092 reference "sec:nest"
7096 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7099 \begin_layout Subsection
7103 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7116 \begin_layout Standard
7117 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7128 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7129 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7130 In contrast, you can use the
7139 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7140 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 Of course, you're not limited to using
7160 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7161 some European academic papers.
7164 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7166 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7167 name "sec:adress_usage"
7174 \begin_layout Standard
7179 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7180 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7186 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7187 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7188 Here's an example of each:
7191 \begin_layout Right Address
7198 When is it? What is today?
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7208 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7209 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7210 Here's an example of the
7217 \begin_layout Address
7220 Where do I send this
7222 Your post office and country
7225 \begin_layout Standard
7226 As you can see, both
7235 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7236 Speaking of which, if you hit
7240 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7246 This makes sense, however, since
7254 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7265 Special\InsetSpace ~
7270 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7284 menu] to start a new line in an
7296 \begin_layout Subsection
7300 \begin_layout Standard
7301 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7302 or list of references.
7303 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7312 \begin_layout Standard
7317 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7322 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7326 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7331 environment is only useful in the
7332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7347 document classes [as well as
7348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7355 which is just a specialized version of
7356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7372 document class ignores the
7376 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7391 \begin_layout Standard
7396 environment does several things for you.
7397 First, it puts the centered label
7398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7406 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7408 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7409 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7410 the subsequent text.
7411 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7412 If your document is in the
7413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7420 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7421 version of the file.
7424 \begin_layout Standard
7425 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7433 reset the paragraph environment.
7434 The new paragraph will still be in the
7439 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7440 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7444 We'd love to give you an example of the
7448 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7457 If you've never heard of an
7458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7465 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7474 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7475 name "sec:bibliography"
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7487 environment is used to list references.
7492 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7496 only use it at the end of the document.
7497 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7501 in anything else or vice versa.
7505 \begin_layout Standard
7506 When you first open a
7510 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7526 depending on the document class.
7527 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7528 Each paragraph of the
7532 environment is a bibliography entry.
7541 reset the paragraph environment.
7542 Each new paragraph is still in the
7549 \begin_layout Standard
7558 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7559 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7568 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7570 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7572 We could choose the key
7573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7581 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7584 \begin_layout Standard
7589 field isn't useless.
7590 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7595 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7603 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7604 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7605 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7610 appears at the end of this document.
7612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7616 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7622 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7624 key "latexcompanion"
7629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7632 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7633 In the second one, we used the
7642 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7667 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7668 of the bibliography entry.
7671 \begin_layout Standard
7672 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7674 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7676 Extended LyX Features
7681 \begin_layout Subsection
7685 \begin_layout Standard
7686 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7687 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7688 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7691 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7697 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7698 name "sec:captionlayout"
7705 \begin_layout Standard
7710 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7721 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7737 , depending on which type of
7742 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7746 \begin_layout Standard
7747 You can't really nest things into a
7752 Additionally, hitting
7756 resets the paragraph environment to
7764 can only be a single paragraph.
7767 \begin_layout Standard
7772 environment outside of a
7784 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7785 reference "sec:figures"
7790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7791 reference "sec:tables"
7795 for more information on
7809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7815 \begin_layout Standard
7820 environment is another LyX extension.
7821 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7826 key as a fixed whitespace;
7830 \begin_layout Standard
7841 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7844 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7849 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7850 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7872 reset the paragraph environment.
7873 So, when you finish using the
7877 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7886 environment inside of others.
7889 \begin_layout Standard
7890 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7893 \begin_layout Itemize
7898 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7910 \begin_layout Itemize
7923 \begin_layout Itemize
7928 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7935 \begin_layout Itemize
7944 \begin_layout Itemize
7945 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7946 You must put at least one
7950 in any line you want blank.
7951 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7954 \begin_layout Itemize
7955 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7959 since that will insert
7964 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7972 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
7975 \begin_layout Standard
7979 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7983 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7987 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7991 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7995 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8001 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8005 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8009 \begin_layout Standard
8010 This is just the standard
8011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8022 \begin_layout Standard
8027 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8028 rc-files, and so on.
8029 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8030 text as if you used a typewriter.
8033 \begin_layout Section
8034 Nesting Environments
8035 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8043 \begin_layout Subsection
8047 \begin_layout Standard
8048 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8052 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8054 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8055 reference "sec:nest"
8060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8063 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8066 \begin_layout Standard
8067 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8072 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8077 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8078 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8079 screen and bytes in memory.
8080 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8081 and specific properties.
8082 However, what if you wanted one
8083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8090 to inherit some of the properties of another
8091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8103 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8104 In other words, you have a list
8108 of another list, with the inner list
8109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8119 \begin_layout Enumerate
8123 \begin_layout Enumerate
8128 \begin_layout Enumerate
8132 \begin_layout Enumerate
8137 \begin_layout Enumerate
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8143 you nest one list inside the other.
8147 \begin_layout Standard
8148 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8154 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8155 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8163 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8164 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8174 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8175 will tell you how far you are nested).
8178 \begin_layout Standard
8179 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8189 \begin_layout Standard
8200 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8207 to change the nesting level.
8208 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8209 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8213 \begin_layout Standard
8214 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8215 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8216 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8217 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8218 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8219 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8220 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8224 \begin_layout Standard
8225 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8226 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8228 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8231 \begin_layout Subsection
8232 What You Can and Can't Nest
8235 \begin_layout Standard
8236 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8237 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8240 \begin_layout Standard
8241 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8242 can you or can't you.
8243 There's also the question of how.
8244 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8245 environment into it? A
8246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8253 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8264 \begin_layout Standard
8265 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8267 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8268 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8269 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8271 There is one last type of environment.
8272 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8273 You can't nest anything into them.
8276 \begin_layout Standard
8277 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8278 environments have them:
8282 \begin_layout Standard
8283 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8292 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8304 into other environments.
8306 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8307 Then again, it may not.
8308 We don't know for certain.
8309 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8310 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8318 \begin_layout Description
8319 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8320 Can't nest into them.
8324 \begin_layout Itemize
8330 \begin_layout Itemize
8336 \begin_layout Itemize
8342 \begin_layout Itemize
8349 \begin_layout Description
8351 Nestable You can nest them.
8352 You can nest other things into them.
8356 \begin_layout Itemize
8362 \begin_layout Itemize
8368 \begin_layout Itemize
8374 \begin_layout Itemize
8380 \begin_layout Itemize
8386 \begin_layout Itemize
8392 \begin_layout Itemize
8398 \begin_layout Itemize
8404 \begin_layout Itemize
8411 \begin_layout Description
8412 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8413 You can't nest anything into them.
8417 \begin_layout Itemize
8423 \begin_layout Itemize
8429 \begin_layout Itemize
8437 \begin_layout Itemize
8443 \begin_layout Itemize
8449 \begin_layout Itemize
8457 \begin_layout Itemize
8463 \begin_layout Itemize
8469 \begin_layout Itemize
8475 \begin_layout Itemize
8481 \begin_layout Itemize
8487 \begin_layout Itemize
8493 \begin_layout Itemize
8499 \begin_layout Itemize
8506 \begin_layout Itemize
8512 \begin_layout Itemize
8519 \begin_layout Subsection
8520 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8521 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8522 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
8529 \begin_layout Standard
8530 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8531 affected by nesting anyhow.
8535 \begin_layout Itemize
8539 \begin_layout Itemize
8543 \begin_layout Itemize
8547 \begin_layout Standard
8548 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8552 , this is no longer true.
8553 See below or look in sections
8554 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8555 reference "sec:figures"
8560 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8561 reference "sec:tables"
8568 \begin_layout Standard
8569 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8570 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8571 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8575 \begin_layout Standard
8576 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8584 of its own, it behaves just like a
8585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8592 paragraph environment.
8593 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8597 \begin_layout Standard
8598 Here's an example with a table:
8601 \begin_layout Enumerate
8606 \begin_layout Enumerate
8607 This is (a) and it's nested.
8611 \begin_layout Standard
8612 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8618 \begin_layout Standard
8620 \begin_inset Tabular
8621 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8625 <row topline="true">
8626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8629 \begin_layout Standard
8644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8647 \begin_layout Standard
8663 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8667 \begin_layout Standard
8682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8685 \begin_layout Standard
8708 \begin_layout Standard
8709 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8716 \begin_layout Enumerate
8718 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8722 \begin_layout Enumerate
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8727 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8730 \begin_layout Enumerate
8735 \begin_layout Enumerate
8736 This is (a) and it's nested.
8740 \begin_layout Standard
8741 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8749 \begin_inset Tabular
8750 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8754 <row topline="true">
8755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8758 \begin_layout Standard
8773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8776 \begin_layout Standard
8792 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8814 \begin_layout Standard
8837 \begin_layout Standard
8838 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8844 \begin_layout Enumerate
8851 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8854 \begin_layout Enumerate
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8859 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8863 \begin_layout Standard
8864 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8866 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8869 \begin_layout Enumerate
8874 \begin_layout Enumerate
8875 This is (a) and it's nested.
8878 \begin_layout Standard
8879 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8885 \begin_layout Standard
8887 \begin_inset Tabular
8888 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8892 <row topline="true">
8893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8896 \begin_layout Standard
8911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8914 \begin_layout Standard
8930 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8934 \begin_layout Standard
8949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8952 \begin_layout Standard
8975 \begin_layout Standard
8976 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8982 \begin_layout Enumerate
8984 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8992 \begin_layout Enumerate
8996 \begin_layout Standard
8997 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9003 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9004 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9008 \begin_layout Standard
9009 Then there are the so-called
9018 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9019 have a fixed location.
9021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9028 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9049 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9053 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9059 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9060 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9063 \begin_layout Subsection
9064 Usage and General Features
9067 \begin_layout Standard
9068 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9077 is the innermost possible depth.
9078 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9081 \begin_layout Enumerate
9082 level #1 - outermost
9086 \begin_layout Enumerate
9091 \begin_layout Enumerate
9096 \begin_layout Enumerate
9101 \begin_layout Itemize
9106 \begin_layout Itemize
9115 \begin_layout Standard
9116 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9117 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9121 \begin_layout Standard
9122 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9123 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9124 to produce output for your document.
9129 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9137 environment, and so on.
9138 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9141 \begin_layout Standard
9142 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9143 both of them in the example.
9144 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9154 For example, if we tried to nest another
9159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9170 \begin_layout Standard
9171 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9172 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9173 to produce output for your document.
9181 \begin_layout Standard
9182 In case that you want to start a new list immediately after a list, or consecuti
9183 ve definitions, proofs etc, you can use the
9187 environment to separate them.
9191 \begin_layout Enumerate
9195 \begin_layout --Separator--
9199 \begin_layout Enumerate
9204 \begin_layout Enumerate
9208 \begin_layout --Separator--
9212 \begin_layout Enumerate
9213 nested another item1
9217 \begin_layout Subsection
9221 \begin_layout Standard
9222 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9223 We have several examples of nested environments.
9224 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9228 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9229 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9232 \begin_layout Labeling
9233 \labelwidthstring MMM
9234 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9243 \begin_layout Labeling
9244 \labelwidthstring MMM
9245 #2-a This is level #2.
9246 We created it by using
9259 \begin_layout Labeling
9260 \labelwidthstring MMM
9261 #3-a This is level #3.
9262 This time, we just hit
9272 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9286 \begin_layout Standard
9291 environment, nested inside of
9292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9300 So, it's at level #4.
9301 We did this by hitting
9310 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9315 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9331 \begin_layout Standard
9336 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9343 \begin_layout Labeling
9344 \labelwidthstring MMM
9345 #4-a This is level #4.
9350 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9355 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9359 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9364 keep nesting things inside of
9365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9376 \begin_layout Labeling
9377 \labelwidthstring MMM
9378 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9383 \begin_layout Labeling
9384 \labelwidthstring MMM
9385 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9386 and this is level #6.
9387 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9391 \begin_layout Labeling
9392 \labelwidthstring MMM
9393 #5-b Back to level #5.
9407 \begin_layout Labeling
9408 \labelwidthstring MMM
9418 , we're back at level #4.
9422 \begin_layout Labeling
9423 \labelwidthstring MMM
9424 #3-b Back to level #3.
9425 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9429 \begin_layout Labeling
9430 \labelwidthstring MMM
9431 #2-b Back to level #2.
9436 \begin_layout Labeling
9437 \labelwidthstring MMM
9438 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9439 After this sentence, we'll hit
9443 and change the paragraph environment back to
9450 \begin_layout Standard
9451 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9467 environment in place of the
9472 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9475 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9476 Example #2: Inheritance
9479 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9480 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9493 , after which, we'll change to the
9501 \begin_layout Enumerate
9506 environment, at level #2.
9509 \begin_layout Enumerate
9510 Notice how the nested
9514 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9518 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9522 \begin_layout Standard
9523 We ended this example by hitting
9528 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9532 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9540 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9541 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9553 \begin_layout Standard
9554 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9562 \begin_layout Enumerate
9563 This is level #1, in an
9567 paragraph environment.
9568 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9572 \begin_layout Enumerate
9584 Now, what happens if we nest an
9588 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9589 label be? An asterisk?
9593 \begin_layout Itemize
9603 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9604 So, its label is a bullet.
9605 [Note: we got here by using
9614 , then changing the environment to
9622 \begin_layout Itemize
9623 Here's level #4, produced using
9633 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9638 \begin_layout Enumerate
9639 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9641 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9646 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9674 \begin_layout Enumerate
9679 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9680 type of numbering does LyX use?
9683 \begin_layout Enumerate
9684 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9688 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9691 \begin_layout Enumerate
9697 to decrease the depth after the next
9705 \begin_layout Enumerate
9707 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9711 \begin_layout Enumerate
9713 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9714 numeral as the label.
9718 \begin_layout Enumerate
9719 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9728 Notice, however, that LyX
9732 reset the counter for the label.
9736 \begin_layout Enumerate
9746 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9747 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9748 into the twofold-nested
9756 \begin_layout Enumerate
9757 The same thing happens if we do another
9766 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9769 \begin_layout Standard
9770 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9775 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9799 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9804 The same rule applies for the
9808 environment, as well.
9811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9812 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9815 \begin_layout Enumerate
9816 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9817 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9818 same detail with how we did it.
9827 \begin_layout Standard
9830 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9833 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9834 example in brackets someplace.
9835 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9836 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9837 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9841 \begin_layout Enumerate
9846 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9851 Now we'll add verse.
9853 It will get much worse.
9857 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9864 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9866 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9876 Here comes a table for you:
9880 \begin_layout Standard
9881 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9887 \begin_layout Standard
9889 \begin_inset Tabular
9890 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9898 \begin_layout Standard
9913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9916 \begin_layout Standard
9932 <row topline="true">
9933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9936 \begin_layout Standard
9951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9981 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9986 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9993 \begin_layout Enumerate
9998 : level #1] This is another item.
9999 Note that selecting a
10003 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10004 3 times to put the table inside the
10012 \begin_layout Quotation
10013 We're now ending the
10017 list and changing to
10022 We're still at level #1.
10023 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10024 The next set of paragraphs is a
10025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10032 We'll nest both the
10041 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10045 for the letter body.
10050 to preserve the depth.
10051 Remember that you need to use
10055 to create multiple lines inside the
10069 \begin_layout Right Address
10072 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10077 \begin_layout Address
10078 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10082 \begin_layout Quotation
10083 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10084 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10085 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10086 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10087 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10088 as soon as possible.
10089 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10092 \begin_layout Quotation
10093 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10094 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10095 with your order, along with payment.
10098 \begin_layout Quotation
10099 We thank you again for your patience.
10102 \begin_layout Address
10109 \begin_layout Quotation
10110 That ends that example!
10113 \begin_layout Standard
10114 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10115 just a few keystrokes.
10116 We could have easily nested an
10137 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10140 \begin_layout Section
10141 Fonts and Text Styles
10144 \begin_layout Subsection
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10149 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10150 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10151 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10152 font to emphasize text, you use an
10153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10161 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10162 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10166 \begin_layout Standard
10167 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10181 style corresponds to an italics font.
10186 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10187 styles use to typeset proper names.
10188 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10189 1.4) introduced true character
10190 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10192 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10193 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10197 \begin_layout Subsection
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10202 You can set the default font from the
10207 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10219 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10220 your document fonts.
10221 The most important ones are those in the
10230 The possible options under
10235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10246 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10268 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10269 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10271 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10284 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10285 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10302 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10303 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10304 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10305 if a font is not installed).
10306 Please have a look at
10311 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10318 about where to get the fonts.
10319 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10320 a new font to common operation systems.
10321 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10324 \begin_layout Standard
10325 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10326 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10328 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10330 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10351 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10358 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10359 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10360 reference "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10367 Default\InsetSpace ~
10370 option lets you change this.
10371 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10394 Default\InsetSpace ~
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10410 group, you can usually select from four possible
10427 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10428 Remember, this is the
10433 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10434 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10435 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10437 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10438 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10441 \begin_layout Standard
10442 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10443 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10444 height than the Roman Font.
10445 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10448 \begin_layout Standard
10453 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10461 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10470 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10475 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10476 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10477 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10490 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10491 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10493 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10495 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10497 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10498 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10499 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10500 Note that math figures are
10504 affected by this choice.
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10508 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10509 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10510 are not set up correctly.
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10514 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10535 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10536 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10537 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10538 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10539 is just a representation of
10540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10552 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10559 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10562 \begin_layout Subsection
10563 Using Different Character Styles
10566 \begin_layout Standard
10567 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10568 certain paragraph environments.
10569 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10578 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10582 \begin_layout Standard
10587 style, do one of the following:
10590 \begin_layout Itemize
10591 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10594 \begin_layout Itemize
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 These commands are all toggles.
10607 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10610 \begin_layout Standard
10611 One typically uses the
10615 style for proper names.
10617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10624 is the original author of LyX.
10625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10631 \begin_layout Standard
10632 A more widely used character style is the
10637 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10644 \begin_layout Itemize
10645 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10656 \begin_layout Itemize
10657 using the keybindings
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10668 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10669 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10672 \begin_layout Standard
10673 We've been using the
10677 style all over the place in this document.
10678 Here's one more example:
10681 \begin_layout Quotation
10684 Don't overuse character styles!
10687 \begin_layout Standard
10688 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10689 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10690 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10691 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10695 \begin_layout Standard
10696 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10705 \begin_layout Subsection
10706 Fine-Tuning with the
10711 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10712 name "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10720 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10721 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10722 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10723 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10727 \begin_layout Standard
10732 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10733 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10738 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10739 from ordinary dialogue.
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10743 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10744 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10745 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10746 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10747 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10752 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10757 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10758 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10761 \begin_layout Standard
10762 Enough complaining.
10765 \begin_layout Standard
10766 To use custom fonts, open the
10771 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10780 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10781 font property which you can choose.
10782 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10787 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10792 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10794 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10795 environments in a snap.
10798 \begin_layout Standard
10799 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10811 \begin_layout Labeling
10812 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10829 The possible options are:
10833 \begin_layout Labeling
10834 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10839 This is the Roman font family.
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10844 It's also the default family.
10854 \begin_layout Labeling
10855 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10863 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10867 \begin_layout Standard
10877 \begin_layout Labeling
10878 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10885 This is the Typewriter font family.
10889 \begin_layout Standard
10900 \begin_layout Labeling
10901 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10909 This corresponds to the print weight.
10914 \begin_layout Labeling
10915 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10920 This is the Medium font series.
10924 \begin_layout Standard
10925 It's also the default series.
10929 \begin_layout Labeling
10930 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10937 This is the Bold font series.
10941 \begin_layout Standard
10942 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10952 \begin_layout Labeling
10953 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10962 As the name implies.
10967 \begin_layout Labeling
10968 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10973 This is the Upright font shape.
10977 \begin_layout Standard
10978 It's also the default shape.
10982 \begin_layout Labeling
10983 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10997 s the Italic font shape
11003 \begin_layout Labeling
11004 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11011 This is the Slanted font shape
11013 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11016 \begin_layout Labeling
11017 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11025 This is the Small caps font shape
11032 \begin_layout Labeling
11033 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11042 Alters the size of the font.
11043 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11044 nal to the default font size.
11045 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11046 what you want to do.
11050 \begin_layout Standard
11051 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11054 \begin_layout Labeling
11055 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11074 \begin_layout Standard
11089 \begin_layout Labeling
11090 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11109 \begin_layout Standard
11119 \begin_layout Labeling
11120 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11139 \begin_layout Standard
11154 \begin_layout Labeling
11155 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11174 \begin_layout Standard
11189 \begin_layout Labeling
11190 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11207 \begin_layout Standard
11208 It's also the default size.
11223 \begin_layout Labeling
11224 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11243 \begin_layout Standard
11258 \begin_layout Labeling
11259 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11278 \begin_layout Standard
11293 \begin_layout Labeling
11294 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11313 \begin_layout Standard
11323 \begin_layout Labeling
11324 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11343 \begin_layout Standard
11358 \begin_layout Labeling
11359 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11378 \begin_layout Standard
11393 \begin_layout Standard
11398 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11399 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11400 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11401 - use that instead.
11402 This is here for fine-tuning
11408 \begin_layout Labeling
11409 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11417 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11422 \begin_layout Labeling
11423 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11430 This is text with emphasize on
11436 \begin_layout Standard
11437 This might seem like the same as
11441 , but it is actually a bit different.
11442 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11443 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11452 \begin_layout Labeling
11453 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11460 This is text with Underbar on.
11464 \begin_layout Standard
11474 \begin_layout Labeling
11475 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11482 This is text with Noun on.
11486 \begin_layout Standard
11491 , this is a logical attribute.
11492 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11497 , but that is bound to change some day.
11501 \begin_layout Standard
11502 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11503 when you couldn't change fonts.
11504 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11505 an underscore character.
11506 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11511 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11512 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11517 \begin_layout Labeling
11518 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11523 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11524 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11529 LaTeX package installed.
11534 is not able to display these colors.
11540 , which is the standard
11541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11548 , you can choose between
11583 \begin_layout Labeling
11584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11589 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11590 the language of the document.
11591 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11594 \begin_layout Standard
11595 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11598 \begin_layout Standard
11599 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11604 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11612 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11628 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11629 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11633 \begin_layout Standard
11634 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11641 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11642 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11660 Toggle on all these
11673 \begin_layout Standard
11674 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11676 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11678 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11681 \begin_layout Section
11682 Printing and Previewing
11685 \begin_layout Subsection
11689 \begin_layout Standard
11690 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11691 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11692 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11693 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11694 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11701 \begin_layout Standard
11702 LyX uses a program called
11703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11711 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11712 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11720 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11721 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11722 This happens in a couple of stages:
11725 \begin_layout Enumerate
11726 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11727 generating a file with the extension,
11728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11743 \begin_layout Enumerate
11744 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11748 file to produce printable output.
11749 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11750 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11754 file, or DVI for short.
11755 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11768 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11769 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11773 \begin_layout Description
11774 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11775 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11776 be a link to these files.
11777 So don't forget these files if you move your
11781 file to another computer.
11785 \begin_layout Enumerate
11791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11798 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11802 \begin_layout Enumerate
11807 files using a program called
11814 \begin_layout Enumerate
11815 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11822 \begin_layout Enumerate
11823 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11824 LyX automatically converts the
11828 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11829 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11838 \begin_layout Standard
11839 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11844 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11845 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11846 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11847 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11853 \begin_layout Standard
11854 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11857 \begin_layout Standard
11858 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11859 preview of your document.
11860 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11862 The printed result is worth the wait.
11863 Quality always has its price.
11866 \begin_layout Subsection
11867 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11870 \begin_layout Standard
11871 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11872 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11877 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11888 \begin_layout Standard
11889 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11895 You can now look at the results.
11896 [If you want more info on the
11907 \begin_layout Description
11908 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11912 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11913 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11918 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11923 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11940 program will automatically reread the
11944 file and give you an updated view.
11947 \begin_layout Subsection
11948 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11951 \begin_layout Standard
11956 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11957 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11958 One reason is fonts.
11962 \begin_layout Standard
11967 : Another reason is paranoia.
11968 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11969 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11975 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11984 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11987 \begin_layout Standard
11988 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12004 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12010 You can now look at the results.
12013 \begin_layout Standard
12014 You've guessed what the
12019 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12033 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12037 window after this command to update the view.
12040 \begin_layout Subsection
12044 \begin_layout Standard
12045 To print a file, select
12059 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12067 \begin_layout Standard
12068 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12069 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12070 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12071 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12072 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12073 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12076 \begin_layout Standard
12077 You can set the parameters in the
12084 \begin_layout Labeling
12085 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12093 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12097 \begin_layout Standard
12098 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12111 has to be configured for this printer name.
12113 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12114 reference "sec:dvipsconfig"
12122 documentation for details.
12123 The default printer can also be set in
12132 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12135 \begin_layout Labeling
12136 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12144 The name of a file to print to.
12145 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12147 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12148 specify the full path.
12151 \begin_layout Standard
12152 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12156 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12160 have to process your document.
12163 \begin_layout Section
12164 A Few Words about Typography
12167 \begin_layout Subsection
12168 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12169 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12177 \begin_layout Standard
12179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12190 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12205 \begin_layout Enumerate
12211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12225 \begin_layout Enumerate
12231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12240 \begin_layout Standard
12252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12258 \begin_layout Enumerate
12264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12273 \begin_layout Standard
12286 \begin_layout Standard
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 \begin_layout Enumerate
12308 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12328 \begin_layout Standard
12329 You generate these by using the
12330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12341 character multiple times in a row.
12342 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12346 \begin_layout Standard
12347 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12348 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12349 Here are some examples of the
12350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12364 \begin_layout Enumerate
12365 line- and page-breaks
12374 \begin_layout Enumerate
12384 \begin_layout Enumerate
12385 Oh --- there's a dash.
12394 \begin_layout Enumerate
12395 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12407 \begin_layout Standard
12408 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12409 there is one in the printed version.
12412 \begin_layout Standard
12413 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12414 inserts hyphens in English text.
12415 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12418 \begin_layout Standard
12419 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12425 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12429 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12432 \begin_layout Quote
12435 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12436 nohyphenation, loaded.
12439 \begin_layout Standard
12440 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12441 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12449 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12457 the relevant line in a file typically named
12462 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12465 \begin_layout Standard
12466 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12470 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12472 This is done with the menu item
12474 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12483 Special\InsetSpace ~
12498 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12499 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12502 \begin_layout Subsection
12506 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12507 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12508 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12516 \begin_layout Standard
12517 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12518 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12519 LaTeX then adds the
12520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12523 appropriate amount of space
12524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12527 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12529 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12532 \begin_layout Standard
12533 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12534 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12547 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12548 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12551 \begin_layout Standard
12552 Here are some examples of
12556 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12559 \begin_layout Itemize
12564 \begin_layout Itemize
12569 \begin_layout Standard
12570 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12571 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12574 \begin_layout Itemize
12577 this is too much space!
12580 \begin_layout Itemize
12585 \begin_layout Standard
12586 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12590 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12593 \begin_layout Enumerate
12596 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12599 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12601 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12602 reference "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
12609 \begin_layout Enumerate
12615 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12617 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12618 reference "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
12625 \begin_layout Enumerate
12630 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12638 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12643 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12646 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12647 This function is also bound to
12654 \begin_layout Standard
12655 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12658 \begin_layout Itemize
12659 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12660 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12661 this is too much space!
12664 \begin_layout Itemize
12665 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12669 \begin_layout Standard
12670 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12671 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12673 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12679 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12687 feature described in
12694 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12696 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12704 \begin_layout Standard
12705 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12706 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12707 and use a closing quote at the end.
12709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12717 The keyboard character,
12721 , generates this automatically.
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12727 New in version 1.4:
12729 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12734 This produces quotation marks like this:
12735 \begin_inset Quotes els
12741 \begin_layout Standard
12742 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12750 There are six choices:
12753 \begin_layout Labeling
12754 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12766 Use quotes like this
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12775 \begin_inset Quotes els
12779 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12785 \begin_layout Labeling
12786 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12789 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12793 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12799 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12803 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12807 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12813 \begin_layout Labeling
12814 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12817 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12821 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12827 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12831 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12835 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12839 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12845 \begin_layout Labeling
12846 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12849 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12853 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12859 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12863 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12867 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12871 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12877 \begin_layout Labeling
12878 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12881 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12891 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12899 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12903 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12909 \begin_layout Labeling
12910 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12913 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12917 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12923 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12927 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12931 \begin_inset Quotes als
12935 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12941 \begin_layout Standard
12942 Again, this affects what character the
12949 \begin_layout Standard
12950 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12963 \begin_layout Subsection
12965 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12966 name "sec:ligatures"
12973 \begin_layout Standard
12974 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12975 print them as single characters.
12976 These groups are known as
12981 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12983 Here are the possible ligatures:
12986 \begin_layout Itemize
12990 \begin_layout Itemize
12994 \begin_layout Itemize
12998 \begin_layout Itemize
13002 \begin_layout Itemize
13006 \begin_layout Standard
13007 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13008 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13016 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13032 To break a ligature, use
13037 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13038 Special\InsetSpace ~
13045 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13048 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13064 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13081 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13089 \begin_layout Subsection
13091 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13099 \begin_layout Standard
13100 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13102 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13103 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13104 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13105 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13106 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13107 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13118 \begin_layout Standard
13119 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13120 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13121 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13122 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13123 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13124 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13125 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13129 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13130 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13131 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13133 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13134 key "latexcompanion"
13140 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13145 ] may have more information.
13146 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13149 \begin_layout Chapter
13150 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13151 \begin_inset OptArg
13154 \begin_layout Standard
13155 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13163 \begin_layout Section
13167 \begin_layout Standard
13168 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13176 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13177 somewhere else in your text.
13178 When you insert a footnote with
13187 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13225 appearing within your text.
13226 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13227 You can enter your text into this box.
13229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13248 label, the box will
13249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13261 Clicking on the button again will
13266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13277 \begin_layout Standard
13278 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13283 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13284 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13285 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13286 when it processes your file.
13287 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13288 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13289 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13294 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13298 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13303 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13304 (this works for all
13305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13315 \begin_layout Standard
13316 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13317 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13331 document class or changing the counter
13336 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13344 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 \begin_layout Description
13366 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13368 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13369 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13371 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13375 \begin_layout Section
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13381 When you insert a margin note via
13387 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13403 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13404 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13427 appearing within your text.
13428 \begin_inset Marginal
13431 \begin_layout Standard
13432 This is a margin note.
13437 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13438 You can enter your text into this box.
13440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 label, the box will
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13479 \begin_layout Standard
13480 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13482 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13483 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13484 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13488 \begin_layout Section
13489 Figures and Imported Graphics
13490 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13498 \begin_layout Standard
13499 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13500 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13501 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13502 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13506 \begin_layout Standard
13507 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13508 in the document you place them.
13509 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13511 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13512 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13519 \begin_layout Standard
13520 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13521 on the toolbar, or select
13526 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13537 \begin_layout Standard
13538 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13539 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13542 \begin_layout Standard
13544 \begin_inset Graphics
13545 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13548 scaleBeforeRotation
13549 rotateOrigin center
13556 \begin_layout Standard
13557 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13562 field allows you to choose your image file.
13564 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13565 reference "sub:How-it-works"
13569 for information on supported formats.) The figure can be transformed by
13570 setting a rotation angle, setting the output size, and clipping the image.
13571 It is possible to set the clipping parameters automatically for some image
13572 formats by clicking the
13573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13576 Clip to bounding box
13577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13580 check box under the
13585 For scaling, you can set the scale directly by using a percentage value,
13586 or you can set the width and height explicitly.
13588 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13589 reference "cap:Units-for-image"
13593 for the available units.) If you set only one of these, the other will be
13594 determined automatically.
13595 If you set both, then the image will be transformed to the given size,
13596 possibly distorting it.
13597 If you do not want the image distorted, check the
13599 Maintain aspect ratio
13602 The image will then be scaled so that its width and height do not exceed
13603 the specified dimensions.
13606 \begin_layout Standard
13607 It is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and the display
13608 in the final document separately, which can be very useful for large figures.
13609 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13611 LaTeX and LyX Options
13614 You can also set the
13618 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13620 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13621 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13626 See the documentation for the LaTeX-package
13630 for more information.
13633 \begin_layout Subsection
13635 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13636 name "sub:How-it-works"
13643 \begin_layout Standard
13644 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13645 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13646 target output format can be created.
13647 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13649 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13656 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13660 \begin_inset Float table
13666 \begin_layout Standard
13667 \begin_inset Caption
13669 \begin_layout Standard
13670 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13671 name "cap:Units-for-image"
13675 Units for setting the image size
13683 \begin_layout Standard
13684 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13690 \begin_layout Standard
13692 \begin_inset Tabular
13693 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13697 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13701 \begin_layout Standard
13707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13710 \begin_layout Standard
13717 <row topline="true">
13718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13721 \begin_layout Standard
13727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13730 \begin_layout Standard
13737 <row topline="true">
13738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13757 <row topline="true">
13758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13761 \begin_layout Standard
13767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13777 <row topline="true">
13778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13781 \begin_layout Standard
13787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13791 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13798 <row topline="true">
13799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13802 \begin_layout Standard
13808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13811 \begin_layout Standard
13812 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13813 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13820 <row topline="true">
13821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13833 \begin_layout Standard
13834 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13835 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13842 <row topline="true">
13843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13846 \begin_layout Standard
13852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13857 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13864 <row topline="true">
13865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13868 \begin_layout Standard
13874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13877 \begin_layout Standard
13878 didot (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13880 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13883 0.376\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13890 <row topline="true">
13891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13894 \begin_layout Standard
13900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13903 \begin_layout Standard
13904 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13905 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13912 <row topline="true">
13913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13916 \begin_layout Standard
13922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13925 \begin_layout Standard
13926 % of original image width
13932 <row topline="true">
13933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13936 \begin_layout Standard
13942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13945 \begin_layout Standard
13952 <row topline="true">
13953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13956 \begin_layout Standard
13962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13965 \begin_layout Standard
13972 <row topline="true">
13973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13976 \begin_layout Standard
13982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13985 \begin_layout Standard
13992 <row topline="true">
13993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13996 \begin_layout Standard
14002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14005 \begin_layout Standard
14012 <row topline="true">
14013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14032 <row topline="true">
14033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14045 \begin_layout Standard
14052 <row topline="true">
14053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14056 \begin_layout Standard
14062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14065 \begin_layout Standard
14076 <row topline="true">
14077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14080 \begin_layout Standard
14086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14089 \begin_layout Standard
14100 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14104 \begin_layout Standard
14110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14113 \begin_layout Standard
14114 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14115 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14134 \begin_layout Standard
14135 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14136 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14137 figures themselves.
14138 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14171 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14184 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14185 loadable graphics format.
14188 \begin_layout Standard
14189 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14201 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14210 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14211 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14212 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14217 If, after all that, LyX
14221 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14225 Error converting to loadable format
14226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14229 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14230 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14231 list of known converters.
14234 \begin_layout Standard
14235 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14236 when generating the final document.
14237 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14238 in PostScript® format.
14239 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14252 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14255 \begin_layout Subsection
14259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14260 Using Figure Floats
14261 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14262 name "sec:figurefloats"
14269 \begin_layout Standard
14270 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14271 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14272 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14273 it preferable to use
14275 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14278 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14279 deems necessary for a good fit.
14280 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14281 place a caption on them, using the
14285 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14287 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14288 reference "sec:captionlayout"
14295 \begin_layout Standard
14298 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14306 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14311 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14315 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14316 above to insert the actual figure.
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 \begin_inset Float figure
14326 \begin_layout Standard
14327 \begin_inset Caption
14329 \begin_layout Standard
14330 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14344 \begin_layout Standard
14346 \begin_inset Graphics
14347 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
14349 scaleBeforeRotation
14350 rotateOrigin center
14362 \begin_layout Standard
14363 \begin_inset Float figure
14369 \begin_layout Standard
14371 \begin_inset Graphics
14372 filename clipart/platypus.eps
14374 scaleBeforeRotation
14375 rotateOrigin center
14382 \begin_layout Standard
14383 \begin_inset Caption
14385 \begin_layout Standard
14386 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14387 name "fig:kill-plat"
14391 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14404 \begin_layout Standard
14405 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14407 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14408 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14409 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14410 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14414 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14415 This is what we did for figure
14416 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14417 reference "fig:kill-plat"
14422 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14426 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14427 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14428 reference "fig:escher"
14433 It is preferred to use one
14442 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14445 \begin_layout Standard
14446 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14447 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14448 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14449 reference "sec:float-locn"
14459 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14460 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14464 \begin_layout Standard
14465 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14466 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14467 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14468 reference "sec:crossref"
14472 you can simply insert a
14479 in the caption and refer to it using a
14488 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14489 using vague references to
14490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14497 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14507 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14508 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14510 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14513 \begin_layout Standard
14514 Note that the caption is used in a
14524 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14526 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14527 reference "sec:ListsOf"
14531 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14536 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14537 name "sec:float-locn"
14544 \begin_layout Standard
14545 Now, the whole idea behind
14547 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14555 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14556 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14557 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14558 for the exact details.
14559 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14561 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14562 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14567 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14580 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14581 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14589 \begin_layout Itemize
14599 \begin_layout Itemize
14609 \begin_layout Itemize
14619 \begin_layout Itemize
14629 \begin_layout Standard
14630 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14633 \begin_layout Description
14634 Here: LyX tries to put the
14638 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14642 \begin_layout Standard
14643 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14647 \begin_layout Description
14648 Top: LyX tries to put the
14652 at the top of the current page.
14653 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14656 \begin_layout Description
14657 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14661 at the bottom of the current page.
14662 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14665 \begin_layout Description
14666 Page: LyX tries to put the
14674 s) on a page of its own.
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14678 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14679 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14680 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14693 The default placement list is
14694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14706 on a page by itself.
14707 If you want LyX to try
14708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14715 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14729 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14732 \begin_layout Enumerate
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14740 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14741 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14742 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14746 \begin_layout Enumerate
14753 \begin_layout Standard
14754 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14755 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14759 \begin_layout Enumerate
14766 \begin_layout Standard
14767 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14768 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14772 \begin_layout Enumerate
14779 \begin_layout Standard
14780 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14784 \begin_layout Subsection
14788 \begin_layout Standard
14789 One obvious question is
14790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14793 how would I create the figures?
14794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14797 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14802 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14803 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14807 there are several ways.
14808 We recommend the following:
14811 \begin_layout Enumerate
14812 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14813 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14815 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14817 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14818 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14819 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14820 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14821 EPS figure, as described above.
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14827 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14829 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14830 the next way is recommended.
14834 \begin_layout Enumerate
14835 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14836 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14837 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14838 Therefore you have to set the
14843 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14849 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14860 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14863 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14868 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14876 (see description in
14880 ) this text will appear as
14881 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14889 \begin_layout Standard
14890 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14891 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14892 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14893 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14894 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14898 \begin_layout Enumerate
14899 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14908 , really] will generate two files:
14912 \begin_layout Enumerate
14913 the PostScript part
14917 , that contains all painting.
14920 \begin_layout Enumerate
14925 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14929 \begin_layout Standard
14930 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14931 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14935 \begin_layout Standard
14936 If you get an error like
14937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14940 unknown graphics extension pstex
14941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14944 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14949 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14950 Simply add a line like
14953 \begin_layout Standard
14958 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14964 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14974 \begin_layout Standard
14979 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14982 \begin_layout Standard
14983 This should fix the whole thing.
14984 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14988 and change the LaTeX part
14993 But this is annoying.
14999 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
15000 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
15001 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
15002 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
15003 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
15007 \begin_layout Section
15009 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
15017 \begin_layout Standard
15018 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
15019 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
15020 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
15023 \begin_layout Standard
15024 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
15029 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15037 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15038 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
15039 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
15040 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
15041 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
15042 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
15046 \begin_layout Standard
15048 \begin_inset Tabular
15049 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15052 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15055 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15059 \begin_layout Standard
15065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15068 \begin_layout Standard
15083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15086 \begin_layout Standard
15101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15104 \begin_layout Standard
15120 <row topline="true">
15121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15151 \begin_layout Standard
15157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15160 \begin_layout Standard
15167 <row topline="true">
15168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15171 \begin_layout Standard
15186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15189 \begin_layout Standard
15195 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15198 \begin_layout Standard
15213 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15216 \begin_layout Standard
15223 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15227 \begin_layout Standard
15242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15245 \begin_layout Standard
15251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15254 \begin_layout Standard
15260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15263 \begin_layout Standard
15277 \begin_layout Subsection
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15282 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15283 brings up a settings dialog.
15284 Among these options are:
15287 \begin_layout Itemize
15288 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15289 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15290 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15291 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15292 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15293 row in the example above.
15294 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15295 the left line of the column to the right.
15298 \begin_layout Itemize
15299 Text alignment in a column
15302 \begin_layout Itemize
15303 Appending rows and columns
15306 \begin_layout Itemize
15307 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15310 \begin_layout Itemize
15314 \begin_layout Itemize
15315 Setting a fixed width for a column
15318 \begin_layout Itemize
15319 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15320 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15321 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15324 \begin_layout Itemize
15325 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15329 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15335 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15349 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15356 when the cursor is inside a table.
15360 \begin_layout Standard
15361 Most of these options also work on selections.
15362 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15363 done on all of your selection.
15364 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15368 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15369 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15375 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15376 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15379 \begin_layout Standard
15380 When you append a row, it is added
15384 the row containing the cursor.
15385 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15390 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15391 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15392 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15396 \begin_layout Standard
15397 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15398 For example, in the above table, row
15399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15406 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15422 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15427 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15431 \begin_layout Standard
15436 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15437 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15438 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15443 \begin_inset Tabular
15444 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15446 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15447 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15448 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15449 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15450 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15453 \begin_layout Standard
15468 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15471 \begin_layout Standard
15486 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15489 \begin_layout Standard
15505 <row topline="true">
15506 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15509 \begin_layout Standard
15524 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15541 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15559 <row topline="true">
15560 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15563 \begin_layout Standard
15578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15613 <row topline="true">
15614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15617 \begin_layout Standard
15632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15635 \begin_layout Standard
15649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15652 \begin_layout Standard
15667 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15671 \begin_layout Standard
15686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15706 \begin_layout Standard
15728 \begin_layout Standard
15729 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15730 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15732 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15733 \begin_inset Note Note
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15737 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15738 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15747 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15757 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15761 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15764 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15767 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15769 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15771 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15774 \begin_layout Standard
15781 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15788 display on screen, and works
15792 for PostScript output.
15793 So, if you want to preview them, use
15798 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15812 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15817 will not show the table properly.
15820 \begin_layout Standard
15822 \begin_inset Tabular
15823 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15825 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15827 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15829 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15830 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15831 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15832 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15833 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15836 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15837 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15877 \begin_layout Standard
15892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15895 \begin_layout Standard
15910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15913 \begin_layout Standard
15928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15931 \begin_layout Standard
15946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15949 \begin_layout Standard
15964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15967 \begin_layout Standard
15982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15985 \begin_layout Standard
16000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16003 \begin_layout Standard
16018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16039 \begin_layout Standard
16055 <row topline="true">
16056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Standard
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Standard
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Standard
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Standard
16120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16123 \begin_layout Standard
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16150 \begin_layout Standard
16165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16168 \begin_layout Standard
16174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16177 \begin_layout Standard
16192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16195 \begin_layout Standard
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Standard
16228 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Standard
16247 <row topline="true">
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Standard
16267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16270 \begin_layout Standard
16276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16279 \begin_layout Standard
16294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16297 \begin_layout Standard
16312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16315 \begin_layout Standard
16330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Standard
16348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Standard
16402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Standard
16420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16423 \begin_layout Standard
16438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Standard
16457 <row topline="true">
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Standard
16477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16480 \begin_layout Standard
16495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16498 \begin_layout Standard
16513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16516 \begin_layout Standard
16531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16534 \begin_layout Standard
16540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16543 \begin_layout Standard
16558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16561 \begin_layout Standard
16576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Standard
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Standard
16612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16615 \begin_layout Standard
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Standard
16639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16642 \begin_layout Standard
16658 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Standard
16696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Standard
16741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Standard
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Standard
16759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16762 \begin_layout Standard
16777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16780 \begin_layout Standard
16795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Standard
16813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16825 \begin_layout Standard
16841 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Standard
16860 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Standard
16873 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Standard
16882 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Standard
16891 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Standard
16900 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16909 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Standard
16918 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Standard
16927 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Standard
16936 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Standard
16945 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Standard
16954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Standard
16980 \begin_layout Subsection
16981 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16984 \begin_layout Standard
16985 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16986 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16987 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16988 can be placed in the same cell.
16989 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16991 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16995 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16996 for the cell's paragraph.
16999 \begin_layout Subsection
17000 Cut & Paste in Tables
17003 \begin_layout Standard
17004 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
17005 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17006 Selection with the mouse or with
17010 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17011 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
17012 using the mouse to select and paste.
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17017 \begin_inset Tabular
17018 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17023 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Standard
17042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17045 \begin_layout Standard
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Standard
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Standard
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Standard
17116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17119 \begin_layout Standard
17135 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17139 \begin_layout Standard
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Standard
17172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17175 \begin_layout Standard
17198 \begin_layout Standard
17200 \begin_inset Tabular
17201 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17206 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Standard
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Standard
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Standard
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Standard
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Standard
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Standard
17318 <row topline="true">
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Standard
17337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17340 \begin_layout Standard
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Standard
17356 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Standard
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Standard
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Standard
17392 \begin_layout Standard
17393 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17394 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17397 \begin_layout Subsection
17398 Multiple lines in cells
17401 \begin_layout Standard
17402 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17404 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17409 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17410 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17415 \begin_layout Standard
17417 \begin_inset Tabular
17418 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17421 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17422 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17423 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17427 \begin_layout Standard
17442 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Standard
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Standard
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Standard
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Standard
17511 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Standard
17535 <row bottomline="true">
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Standard
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Standard
17567 This is longer now.
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17591 <row bottomline="true">
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Standard
17610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17613 \begin_layout Standard
17623 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17624 This is longer now.
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Standard
17655 \begin_layout Standard
17656 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17657 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17658 margin of the page.
17659 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17660 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17661 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17664 \begin_layout Enumerate
17665 Split it into two tables.
17668 \begin_layout Enumerate
17678 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17679 After doing this, the list of
17683 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17687 \begin_layout Enumerate
17693 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17694 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17697 \begin_layout Enumerate
17702 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17703 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17704 except for the first page, if
17712 \begin_layout Enumerate
17717 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17718 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17719 except for the last page, if
17727 \begin_layout Enumerate
17733 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17734 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17737 \begin_layout Standard
17738 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17739 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17740 The others will then be defined as
17745 In this context, first means first in this order:
17747 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17764 example file to see how this works.
17768 \begin_layout Standard
17769 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17770 rows to break the page on as well.
17774 \begin_layout Enumerate
17775 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17776 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17779 \begin_layout Subsection
17781 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17782 name "sec:table float"
17789 \begin_layout Standard
17790 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17809 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17819 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17820 exactly where you insert it.
17821 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17822 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17823 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17827 , and is described in section
17828 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17829 reference "sec:float-locn"
17834 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17836 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17837 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17843 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17844 reference "table:a table float"
17848 is an example of a table float.
17849 \begin_inset Float table
17855 \begin_layout Standard
17856 \begin_inset Caption
17858 \begin_layout Standard
17859 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17860 name "table:a table float"
17872 \begin_layout Standard
17874 \begin_inset Tabular
17875 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17880 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Standard
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Standard
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Standard
17936 <row topline="true">
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Standard
17955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Standard
17973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Standard
17992 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17996 \begin_layout Standard
18006 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Standard
18027 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18029 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Standard
18050 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18071 \begin_layout Section
18072 Table of Contents and other Listings
18073 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18081 \begin_layout Standard
18082 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
18084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18091 such as a Table of Contents.
18092 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
18093 at the place where you want the list to appear.
18096 \begin_layout Subsection
18097 The Table of Contents
18100 \begin_layout Standard
18101 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
18104 \begin_layout Enumerate
18105 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18112 \begin_layout Enumerate
18113 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18123 (Sub...), Paragraph
18126 Note that styles with a
18138 appear in the Table of Contents.
18141 \begin_layout Enumerate
18142 Make sure you set the
18147 ection\InsetSpace ~
18148 number\InsetSpace ~
18167 Document\InsetSpace ~
18170 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18171 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18172 reference "sub:section-depth"
18179 \begin_layout Enumerate
18180 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18181 You'll find it under
18186 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18193 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18205 \begin_layout Standard
18206 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18212 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18224 \begin_layout Subsection
18225 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18226 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18234 \begin_layout Standard
18235 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18236 You can insert them from the
18241 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18251 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18252 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18255 \begin_layout Chapter
18256 Mathematical Formulae
18259 \begin_layout Section
18263 \begin_layout Standard
18264 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18265 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18269 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18271 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18272 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18273 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18280 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18285 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18299 (CUA binding only).
18302 \begin_layout Standard
18303 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18304 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18307 , there is a special shortcut.
18315 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18325 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18331 \begin_layout Standard
18332 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18337 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18342 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18354 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18355 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18356 somewhere on the screen.
18357 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18358 will insert a formula for you.
18361 \begin_layout Subsection
18362 Navigating a Formula
18365 \begin_layout Standard
18366 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18367 with the arrow keys.
18368 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18369 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18374 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18375 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18379 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18383 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18385 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18393 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18398 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18399 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18402 \begin_layout Standard
18407 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18408 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18409 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18414 For example, if you want
18415 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18462 , since in the latter case only the
18465 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18470 will be under the square root sign,
18471 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18475 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18479 \begin_layout Standard
18480 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18482 \begin_inset Formula \[
18483 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18486 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18490 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18491 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18494 \begin_layout Subsection
18498 \begin_layout Standard
18499 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18500 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18504 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18505 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18506 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18507 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18508 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18511 \begin_layout Subsection
18512 Exponents and Subscripts
18515 \begin_layout Standard
18516 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18517 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18519 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18535 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18536 in the superscript.
18542 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18546 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18565 Subscripts are similar, to get
18566 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18581 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18582 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18584 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18585 reference "sec:Grouping"
18589 if you need to alter this.
18592 \begin_layout Subsection
18596 \begin_layout Standard
18597 Create a fraction with either
18603 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18623 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18624 squares top and bottom.
18625 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18626 To move to the bottom, simply press
18631 To move back up, press
18636 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18637 \begin_inset Formula \[
18638 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18640 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18647 \begin_layout Subsection
18651 \begin_layout Standard
18653 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18657 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18660 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18669 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18670 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18671 Sum will automatically place its
18672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18679 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18680 when inlined, such as
18681 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18685 \begin_inset Note Note
18688 \begin_layout Standard
18689 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18696 \begin_inset Formula \[
18697 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18701 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18702 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18703 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18707 \begin_inset Formula \[
18708 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18712 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18713 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18714 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18715 in front of the sign and hitting
18720 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18724 \begin_layout Standard
18725 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18733 feature as addition, such as
18734 \begin_inset Formula \[
18735 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18739 which will place the
18740 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18751 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18752 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18757 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18760 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18766 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18774 menu in the math panel; see
18775 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18776 reference "sec:math-functions"
18783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18784 Special integral symbols
18787 \begin_layout Standard
18788 Standard LaTeX does only provide a very limited set of integral symbols.
18789 Therefore several packages implement additional symbols, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18792 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18802 Unfortunately they do not always look consistent, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18806 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18820 \begin_inset Formula $\varint$
18830 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18838 Therefore you should enable the automatic loading of the
18847 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18854 if you need special integrals.
18855 This package defines a complete set of consistent looking integral symbols.
18856 You can find most of them in the math panel.
18857 This document does use the
18861 package instead of the
18865 package, because the latter is not yet included in all TeX distributions,
18866 so you can see the different looking integral symbols using
18871 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18881 \begin_layout Subsection
18883 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18884 name "sec:math-panel"
18891 \begin_layout Standard
18901 dialog (accessible via
18906 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18913 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18914 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18915 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18916 details in later sections.
18919 \begin_layout Standard
18920 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18923 \begin_layout Subsection
18927 \begin_layout Standard
18928 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18934 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18942 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18950 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18958 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18967 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18975 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18977 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18978 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18979 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18980 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18981 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18984 \begin_layout Standard
18985 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18986 In the minibuffer, type
18991 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
19000 to move between the two boxes.
19001 You can also use the key binding
19008 \begin_layout Subsection
19012 \begin_layout Standard
19013 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
19014 that LaTeX provides.
19015 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
19016 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
19017 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
19018 The first thing to do is to type
19023 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
19025 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19029 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
19034 you move the cursor, after typing
19042 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
19044 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
19046 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19050 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19054 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
19057 \begin_layout Subsection
19059 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19060 name "sec:math-functions"
19067 \begin_layout Standard
19068 The math panel contains a number of
19069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19077 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19081 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19089 (you can type them in a formula by typing
19096 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
19098 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19101 , should not be italicized.
19102 Entering just the letters
19103 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19106 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
19108 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
19109 For example, the expression
19110 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
19113 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
19114 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
19115 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19118 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
19119 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
19120 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
19124 \begin_inset Formula \[
19125 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
19129 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
19135 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
19136 to improve linespacing).
19139 \begin_layout Subsection
19143 \begin_layout Standard
19144 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19146 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19147 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
19148 That is, you can enter
19149 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19152 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
19153 This is entered by typing
19154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19168 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
19169 the various accents:
19172 \begin_layout Standard
19174 \begin_inset Tabular
19175 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19177 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19180 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19184 \begin_layout Standard
19199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19202 \begin_layout Standard
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Standard
19236 <row topline="true">
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Standard
19255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19258 \begin_layout Standard
19273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19276 \begin_layout Standard
19286 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19295 <row topline="true">
19296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout Standard
19314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19317 \begin_layout Standard
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Standard
19345 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19354 <row topline="true">
19355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19358 \begin_layout Standard
19373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19376 \begin_layout Standard
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Standard
19404 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19413 <row topline="true">
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Standard
19432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19435 \begin_layout Standard
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Standard
19463 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19472 <row topline="true">
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Standard
19491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19494 \begin_layout Standard
19509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19512 \begin_layout Standard
19522 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19531 <row topline="true">
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Standard
19550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Standard
19581 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19590 <row topline="true">
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19612 \begin_layout Standard
19627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19630 \begin_layout Standard
19640 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19649 <row topline="true">
19650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19653 \begin_layout Standard
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Standard
19686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19689 \begin_layout Standard
19699 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19708 <row topline="true">
19709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Standard
19727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19730 \begin_layout Standard
19745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19748 \begin_layout Standard
19758 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19767 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19771 \begin_layout Standard
19786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19789 \begin_layout Standard
19804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Standard
19817 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19833 \begin_layout Standard
19834 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19839 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19840 made within a formula too.
19843 \begin_layout Subsection
19844 The math editor for LaTeX users
19847 \begin_layout Standard
19848 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19849 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19851 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19858 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19859 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19862 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19863 menus for a symbol.
19864 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19869 \begin_layout Quotation
19870 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19871 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19873 As an example, I created this
19874 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19877 by typing the following keys: First type
19901 As soon as I typed that
19906 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19909 was right there on the screen.
19913 \begin_layout Standard
19919 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19934 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19939 leaves the formula.
19940 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19943 \begin_layout Itemize
19944 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19947 \begin_layout Itemize
19948 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19949 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19952 \begin_layout Itemize
19953 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19957 \begin_layout Itemize
19958 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19969 \begin_layout Itemize
19970 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19971 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19974 , you can find it in the dialogs
19977 \begin_layout Section
19978 Brackets and decorations
19981 \begin_layout Standard
19982 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19983 For most purposes, using just the keys
19989 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19990 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19991 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19997 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19998 reference "sec:math-panel"
20003 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20005 \begin_inset Formula \[
20006 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20008 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
20012 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
20014 \begin_inset Formula \[
20015 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20020 \begin_inset Formula \[
20021 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
20025 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
20026 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
20039 \begin_layout Standard
20040 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
20041 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
20042 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
20043 clicking on the button.
20044 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20045 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
20048 \begin_layout Standard
20049 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
20050 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
20051 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
20052 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
20056 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
20058 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
20064 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20067 \begin_layout Standard
20068 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
20072 for grouping, you should read
20073 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20074 reference "sec:Grouping"
20081 \begin_layout Section
20083 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20084 name "sec:Grouping"
20091 \begin_layout Standard
20092 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20093 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20104 \begin_layout Standard
20105 \begin_inset Formula \[
20106 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
20113 \begin_layout Standard
20114 However, trying to type the
20118 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
20119 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20126 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20127 The example directly above shows how this works.
20130 \begin_layout Section
20131 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20134 \begin_layout Standard
20135 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
20141 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
20142 number of rows/columns.
20143 Here is an example:
20144 \begin_inset Formula \[
20145 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20148 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
20152 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
20153 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
20154 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
20158 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
20160 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
20161 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20162 The specification is
20167 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
20172 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20173 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
20174 It will look like this:
20175 \begin_inset Formula \[
20177 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20178 column & has & has\, right\\
20179 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20186 \begin_layout Standard
20187 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20191 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20197 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20209 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20219 \begin_layout Standard
20220 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20221 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20227 and commutative diagrams.
20228 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20233 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20243 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20244 A formula will automatically switch to an
20250 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20258 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20259 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20266 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20267 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20274 Here is an example:
20275 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20277 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20281 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20288 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20293 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20294 everything in the left side of the line.
20295 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20296 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20301 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20302 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20303 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20304 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20317 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20320 \begin_layout Section
20321 Equation Numbering and Labels
20322 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20323 name "sec:math-label"
20330 \begin_layout Standard
20331 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20332 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20333 \begin_inset Formula \[
20338 into the numbered equation :
20339 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20340 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20351 menu, and select the
20360 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20361 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20362 care of re-numbering the equation.
20363 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20364 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20365 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20366 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20372 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20377 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20378 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20385 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20388 \begin_layout Standard
20389 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20390 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20394 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20395 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20397 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20398 reference "mathed:first-eqn"
20406 dialog, which you open using
20411 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20422 \begin_layout Standard
20423 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20424 lines are numbered separately.
20425 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20426 receive a label of #.
20427 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20429 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20430 reference "mathed:third-eqn"
20435 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20436 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20437 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20438 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20442 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20447 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20452 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20453 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20458 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20462 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20465 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20466 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20468 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20469 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20473 Note that the first equation in this set (
20474 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20475 reference "mathed:fourth-eqn"
20479 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20481 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20482 reference "mathed:fifth-eqn"
20486 ) is again labelled.
20490 \begin_layout Section
20491 User defined macros in math mode
20494 \begin_layout Standard
20495 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20496 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20497 the macro in blue (math color).
20498 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20499 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20501 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20502 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20505 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20506 written during export as LaTeX.
20507 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20508 macro's expansion on screen.
20509 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20510 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20511 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20514 \begin_layout Standard
20515 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20522 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20523 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20527 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20528 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20536 \begin_layout Standard
20537 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20543 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20547 followed by the argument number:
20548 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20549 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20555 \begin_layout Standard
20556 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20557 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20562 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20569 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20576 \begin_layout Standard
20577 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20590 \begin_layout Subsection
20591 How to create macros
20594 \begin_layout Standard
20595 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20599 \begin_layout Standard
20600 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20608 \begin_layout Standard
20611 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20614 \begin_layout Standard
20622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20645 math-macro macrowarg 1
20648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20655 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20663 math-macro-arg <number>
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20667 The argument mark in
20673 was introduced with
20674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20689 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20690 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20691 can be edited only once.
20694 \begin_layout Subsection
20695 How to navigate in macros
20698 \begin_layout Description
20702 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20703 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20704 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20705 right side of the macro.
20708 \begin_layout Description
20711 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20712 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20715 \begin_layout Standard
20716 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20720 \begin_layout Section
20724 \begin_layout Subsection
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20729 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20730 The standard font for text is italic,
20731 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20734 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20735 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20736 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20739 \begin_layout Standard
20741 \begin_inset Tabular
20742 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20746 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20759 \begin_layout Standard
20766 <row topline="true">
20767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20770 \begin_layout Standard
20777 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20788 \begin_layout Standard
20799 <row topline="true">
20800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20803 \begin_layout Standard
20804 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20815 \begin_layout Standard
20826 <row topline="true">
20827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20831 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20842 \begin_layout Standard
20853 <row topline="true">
20854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20857 \begin_layout Standard
20864 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20875 \begin_layout Standard
20886 <row topline="true">
20887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20890 \begin_layout Standard
20891 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20902 \begin_layout Standard
20913 <row topline="true">
20914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20918 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20929 \begin_layout Standard
20940 <row topline="true">
20941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20944 \begin_layout Standard
20952 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20974 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20978 \begin_layout Standard
20979 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20990 \begin_layout Standard
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
21010 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
21014 \begin_layout Standard
21015 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
21016 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
21017 style after one character.
21018 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
21019 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
21020 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
21022 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
21023 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
21028 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
21031 \begin_layout Standard
21032 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
21034 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
21037 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
21038 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21050 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
21052 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
21055 \begin_layout Standard
21056 A number of other options are available as well, via
21061 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21066 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21073 \begin_layout Subsection
21077 \begin_layout Standard
21078 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
21079 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
21080 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
21085 while already in math mode.
21086 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
21087 on the screen in black instead of blue.
21088 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
21092 \begin_layout Standard
21093 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
21111 might have been a better choice
21116 , but it works for simple text.
21118 \begin_inset Formula \[
21119 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
21120 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21121 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
21128 \begin_layout Subsection
21132 \begin_layout Standard
21133 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
21134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21141 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
21159 For most characters,
21167 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21168 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
21173 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
21174 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
21176 These choices can be over-ridden by using the math panel button
21177 \begin_inset Graphics
21178 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21184 For example, you can set
21185 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21192 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by using
21198 Then a new box will appear in the formula where you can insert the fraction:
21200 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21204 Here are some text in the various styles:
21205 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21209 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21213 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21217 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21223 \begin_layout Standard
21224 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21225 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21227 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21228 will be adjusted to correspond.
21232 \begin_layout Standard
21236 Here is a paragraph in
21237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21244 font, with symbols:
21245 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21251 \begin_layout Standard
21252 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21256 \begin_layout Section
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21261 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21263 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21266 \begin_layout Subsection
21267 Enabling AMS-Support
21270 \begin_layout Standard
21276 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21283 dialog there is a checkbox,
21290 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21291 the facilities available.
21294 \begin_layout Subsection
21298 \begin_layout Standard
21299 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21300 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21301 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21309 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21310 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21311 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21312 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21314 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21317 \begin_layout Subsection
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21322 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21323 LyX allows you to choose between
21344 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21345 tion for the differences between these formula
21349 \begin_layout Chapter
21353 \begin_layout Section
21355 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21356 name "sec:crossref"
21363 \begin_layout Standard
21364 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21365 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21371 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21372 The other half is the
21376 proper, and it looks like this:
21377 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21378 reference "sec:crossref"
21383 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21385 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21386 case, the number of this section.
21387 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21388 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21389 reference "sec:crossref"
21394 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21395 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21397 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21398 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21402 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21410 \begin_layout Standard
21411 To insert a label, use
21418 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21424 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21425 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21426 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21429 \begin_layout Standard
21430 To insert a reference, select
21437 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21446 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21449 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21450 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21454 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21461 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21464 \begin_layout Standard
21465 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21474 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21477 \begin_layout Quote
21484 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21490 There were undefined references
21493 \begin_layout Standard
21494 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21497 \begin_layout Standard
21498 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21503 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21504 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21512 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21525 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21526 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21530 separately from the
21535 The same goes for all other section headings.
21538 \begin_layout Standard
21551 section headings and table and figure floats.
21552 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21553 you can't really use a
21561 \begin_layout Standard
21566 , but only if you use the
21576 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21577 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21582 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21588 Once again, the regular
21592 won't work very well.
21593 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21594 of the previous numbered section heading.
21600 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21601 reference "sec:figurefloats"
21606 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21607 reference "sec:table float"
21612 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21613 reference "sec:math-label"
21617 for details on using a
21621 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21625 \begin_layout Section
21626 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21629 \begin_layout Standard
21630 It is often desirable to include long
21631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21638 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21639 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21641 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21642 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21652 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21653 along automatically determined boundaries.
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21657 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21658 ike entity) simply select
21660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21667 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21675 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21676 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21678 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21679 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21687 \begin_layout Standard
21692 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21693 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21705 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21713 \begin_layout Standard
21714 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21722 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21724 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21728 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21730 target "http://ctan.tug.org"
21735 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21739 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21741 http://ctan.tug.org
21744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21750 \begin_layout Standard
21753 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21769 \begin_layout Section
21770 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21771 \begin_inset OptArg
21774 \begin_layout Standard
21783 \begin_layout Standard
21784 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21785 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21786 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21787 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21790 \begin_layout Standard
21791 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21792 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21796 \begin_layout Standard
21797 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21801 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21807 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21808 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21809 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21814 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21819 This will insert a box (labelled
21820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21835 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21836 This also works for captions inside floats.
21839 \begin_layout Standard
21840 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21843 \begin_layout Section
21847 \begin_layout Standard
21848 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21850 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21851 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21852 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21853 This can be achieved with
21860 \begin_layout Standard
21865 the branches available within a particular document.
21866 This is done in the
21868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21869 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21873 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21874 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21875 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21881 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21885 \begin_layout Standard
21894 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21895 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21896 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21899 \begin_layout Standard
21900 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21908 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21909 \begin_inset Note Note
21912 \begin_layout Standard
21913 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21921 \begin_layout Section
21922 Previewing snippets of your document
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21926 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21927 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21928 to break your train of thought with
21933 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21941 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21942 necessary software (see below) and select the
21954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21961 pulldown item in the
21966 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21974 (It can be found in the
21978 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21981 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21985 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21988 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21989 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21990 Previews of an already loaded document are
21994 generated just by selecting the
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
22010 It will also generate previews of include insets or
22011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22026 check box in the inset's dialog.
22027 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
22029 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
22032 \begin_layout Standard
22033 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
22034 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
22035 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
22039 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
22042 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
22054 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
22065 \begin_layout Section
22066 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
22069 \begin_layout Subsection
22070 Extra Horizontal Space
22071 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22079 \begin_layout Standard
22084 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
22089 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
22090 space between the left and right margins.
22091 If there is more than one
22095 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
22099 \begin_layout Standard
22104 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
22108 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
22113 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
22116 \begin_layout Standard
22123 can be inserted with
22128 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22129 Special\InsetSpace ~
22134 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22139 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
22143 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
22146 \begin_layout Quote
22148 This is on the left side
22150 This is on the right
22153 \begin_layout Quote
22162 \begin_layout Quote
22173 \begin_layout Standard
22174 That was an example in the
22181 :is one in a standard paragraph.
22182 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
22186 sitting in-between the two
22187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22197 \begin_layout Standard
22198 Remember that we said that an
22202 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
22203 than one set of margins on a line.
22204 Here's an example with the
22211 \begin_layout Labeling
22212 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22233 marks the beginning of the item.
22234 (There is actually a
22235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22246 inside of the label of the
22250 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22254 s work similarly in other
22255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22262 situations, like two-column mode.
22265 \begin_layout Subsection
22266 Extra Vertical Space
22267 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22268 name "sec:vertspace"
22275 \begin_layout Standard
22276 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22281 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22286 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22291 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 We will not provide an example of a
22302 , as it would waste paper.
22303 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22307 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22308 If there are several
22312 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22313 You can therefore use
22317 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22321 \begin_layout Standard
22322 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22323 only added if you have also checked the option
22328 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22333 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22334 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22339 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22350 \begin_layout Subsection
22351 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22354 \begin_layout Standard
22355 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22360 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22365 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22369 There are four possibilities:
22372 \begin_layout Itemize
22381 \begin_layout Itemize
22390 \begin_layout Itemize
22399 \begin_layout Itemize
22408 \begin_layout Standard
22409 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22410 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22411 the left and right margins.
22412 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22415 \begin_layout Standard
22417 This paragraph is right aligned,
22420 \begin_layout Standard
22422 this one is centered,
22425 \begin_layout Standard
22427 this one is left aligned.
22430 \begin_layout Standard
22431 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22436 \begin_layout Subsection
22437 Forcing Page Breaks
22438 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22439 name "sec:pagebreak"
22446 \begin_layout Standard
22447 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22448 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22449 In general, this will
22453 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22455 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22456 reference "sec:widows"
22463 \begin_layout Standard
22464 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22465 recommend not using it until the text is finished, and until you have checked
22466 in the preview to see if you
22470 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22476 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22481 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22484 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22488 \begin_layout Standard
22489 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22490 at the top of a page.
22491 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22492 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22493 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22494 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22496 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22497 reference "sec:figures"
22502 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22503 reference "sec:tables"
22514 \begin_layout Subsection
22518 \begin_layout Standard
22519 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22520 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22521 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22522 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22524 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22528 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22530 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22531 name "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
22538 \begin_layout Standard
22539 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22540 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22541 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22542 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22543 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22545 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22546 reference "sec:abbrev"
22551 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22552 In this case, insert one with
22557 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22558 Special\InsetSpace ~
22563 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22580 \begin_layout Standard
22581 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22582 name "sec:protblank-lbreak-horline"
22586 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22587 line at that point.
22588 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22591 \begin_layout Quote
22592 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22598 \begin_layout Standard
22599 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22616 A protected space is set with
22621 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22622 Special\InsetSpace ~
22627 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22640 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22643 name "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
22650 \begin_layout Standard
22652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22659 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22668 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22669 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22670 inside abbreviations:
22673 \begin_layout Quote
22674 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22676 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22677 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22681 \begin_layout Standard
22682 You can insert a thin space with
22687 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22688 Special\InsetSpace ~
22693 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22710 \begin_layout Standard
22711 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22712 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22717 To get them, just type
22719 space-insert <command>
22721 into the minibuffer, where
22725 is one of the following:
22728 \begin_layout Standard
22730 \begin_inset Tabular
22731 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22733 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22734 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22735 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22736 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22740 \begin_layout Standard
22748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22751 \begin_layout Standard
22759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22762 \begin_layout Standard
22771 <row topline="true">
22772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22775 \begin_layout Standard
22783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22796 \begin_layout Standard
22803 <row topline="true">
22804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22807 \begin_layout Standard
22815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22818 \begin_layout Standard
22825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22828 \begin_layout Standard
22835 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22839 \begin_layout Standard
22847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22850 \begin_layout Standard
22857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22867 <row bottomline="true">
22868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22871 \begin_layout Standard
22879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22882 \begin_layout Standard
22889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22892 \begin_layout Standard
22899 <row bottomline="true">
22900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22903 \begin_layout Standard
22911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22924 \begin_layout Standard
22931 <row bottomline="true">
22932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22935 \begin_layout Standard
22943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22946 \begin_layout Standard
22953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22956 \begin_layout Standard
22963 <row bottomline="true">
22964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22967 \begin_layout Standard
22975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22988 \begin_layout Standard
22995 <row bottomline="true">
22996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22999 \begin_layout Standard
23007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23010 \begin_layout Standard
23017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23020 \begin_layout Standard
23034 \begin_layout Subsection
23038 \begin_layout Standard
23039 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
23044 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23045 Special\InsetSpace ~
23050 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23062 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
23067 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
23069 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23070 reference "sec:pagebreak"
23075 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
23076 set a linebreak, e.g.
23077 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
23078 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23079 reference "sec:quote"
23084 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23085 reference "sec:verse"
23090 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23091 reference "sec:adress_usage"
23098 \begin_layout Section
23100 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23101 name "sec:spellchecking"
23108 \begin_layout Standard
23109 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
23110 Rather it uses the external
23114 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
23119 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
23124 \begin_layout Standard
23125 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
23132 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
23141 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
23142 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
23143 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
23144 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
23145 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
23150 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
23152 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
23153 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
23156 \begin_layout Subsection
23157 Spellchecker Options
23158 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23159 name "sec:spell_opt"
23166 \begin_layout Standard
23167 The following options can be set in the
23172 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23186 \begin_layout Standard
23187 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
23188 the text you're checking, which is set in the
23193 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23201 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
23203 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
23204 specifying a different
23205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23208 alternative language
23209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23215 \begin_layout Standard
23220 , you may need to make a link from say
23228 or whatever applies for your language.
23229 This is because these
23233 files normally have the native language name (
23234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23245 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23246 with the LaTeX babel package (
23247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23257 \begin_layout Standard
23258 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23259 If you use a language with
23263 encoding and set the
23275 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23290 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23291 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23295 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23298 \begin_layout Standard
23301 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23305 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23309 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23313 \begin_layout Standard
23314 There are four solutions to this problem.
23315 The easiest is to try the
23322 If that does not help, you can set
23333 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23334 The third is to add the
23338 option to your dictionary
23349 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23350 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23360 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23361 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23362 and ask him to solve your problem.
23365 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23366 Personal dictionary
23369 \begin_layout Standard
23370 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23371 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23372 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23373 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23377 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23384 \begin_layout Standard
23390 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23393 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23396 \begin_layout Itemize
23402 ccept compound words
23406 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23419 \begin_layout Itemize
23429 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23432 This should not normally be needed.
23435 \begin_layout Subsection
23439 \begin_layout Standard
23440 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23441 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23442 for each occurrence of the word.
23443 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23444 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23447 \begin_layout Standard
23448 Unless you're using the
23452 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23454 This, does, however, work with
23458 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23461 \begin_layout Section
23462 International Support
23465 \begin_layout Standard
23466 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23467 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23468 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23469 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23471 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23472 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23473 default configuration.
23476 \begin_layout Standard
23477 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23478 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23479 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23480 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23482 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23483 reference "sec:langlay"
23487 for more information.
23490 \begin_layout Standard
23491 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23492 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23493 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23494 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23496 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23497 reference "sec:optkey"
23505 \begin_layout Standard
23506 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23507 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23508 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23509 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23510 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23511 one to support the characters you want.
23515 \begin_layout Standard
23516 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23520 beyond the scope of this manual.
23521 You cannot only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23522 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23523 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23524 to your native tongue, please see the
23528 manual for details.
23531 \begin_layout Subsection
23533 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23541 \begin_layout Standard
23547 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23554 dialog lets you set
23556 the language and character encoding for your language.
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23561 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23578 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23586 The default is U.S.
23588 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23589 The language name appears in the window.
23593 \begin_layout Standard
23594 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23595 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23604 \begin_layout Standard
23613 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23618 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23619 European languages.
23622 \begin_layout Subsection
23623 Keyboard mapping configuration
23624 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23632 \begin_layout Standard
23633 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23634 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23635 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23636 which one you want to use.
23639 \begin_layout Subsection
23641 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23649 \begin_layout Standard
23652 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23653 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
23662 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23666 \begin_layout Standard
23667 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23668 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23670 That ain't the default.
23671 Nowhere near, in fact.
23672 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23680 \begin_layout Itemize
23681 Even if you've selected
23690 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23697 dialog, users who have only the
23701 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23705 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23706 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23707 french quotes won't show up.
23710 \begin_layout Standard
23711 \begin_inset Float table
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23717 \begin_inset Caption
23719 \begin_layout Standard
23720 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23721 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
23737 \begin_layout Standard
23739 \begin_inset Tabular
23740 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23748 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23749 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23759 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23763 \begin_layout Standard
23769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23772 \begin_layout Standard
23787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23790 \begin_layout Standard
23805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23808 \begin_layout Standard
23823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23826 \begin_layout Standard
23841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23844 \begin_layout Standard
23859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23862 \begin_layout Standard
23877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23880 \begin_layout Standard
23895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23898 \begin_layout Standard
23913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23934 \begin_layout Standard
23949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23952 \begin_layout Standard
23967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23970 \begin_layout Standard
23985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23988 \begin_layout Standard
24003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24006 \begin_layout Standard
24021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24024 \begin_layout Standard
24039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24042 \begin_layout Standard
24058 <row topline="true">
24059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24062 \begin_layout Standard
24077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24080 \begin_layout Standard
24086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24098 \begin_layout Standard
24104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24107 \begin_layout Standard
24121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24124 \begin_layout Standard
24138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24141 \begin_layout Standard
24155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24158 \begin_layout Standard
24172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24175 \begin_layout Standard
24189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24192 \begin_layout Standard
24198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24201 \begin_layout Standard
24207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24210 \begin_layout Standard
24216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24219 \begin_layout Standard
24233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24253 \begin_layout Standard
24267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24270 \begin_layout Standard
24284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24287 \begin_layout Standard
24302 <row topline="true">
24303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24306 \begin_layout Standard
24321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24324 \begin_layout Standard
24330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24333 \begin_layout Standard
24339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24342 \begin_layout Standard
24356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24359 \begin_layout Standard
24373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24376 \begin_layout Standard
24390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24410 \begin_layout Standard
24424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24427 \begin_layout Standard
24441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24462 \begin_layout Standard
24476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24547 \begin_layout Standard
24562 <row topline="true">
24563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24566 \begin_layout Standard
24581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24593 \begin_layout Standard
24599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24602 \begin_layout Standard
24611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24622 \begin_layout Standard
24636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24639 \begin_layout Standard
24653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24656 \begin_layout Standard
24670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24673 \begin_layout Standard
24687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24690 \begin_layout Standard
24704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24707 \begin_layout Standard
24713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24725 \begin_layout Standard
24731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24734 \begin_layout Standard
24748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24751 \begin_layout Standard
24765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24768 \begin_layout Standard
24782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24785 \begin_layout Standard
24799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24817 <row topline="true">
24818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24821 \begin_layout Standard
24836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24839 \begin_layout Standard
24845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24848 \begin_layout Standard
24854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24857 \begin_layout Standard
24871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24874 \begin_layout Standard
24888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24891 \begin_layout Standard
24905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24908 \begin_layout Standard
24922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24925 \begin_layout Standard
24939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24959 \begin_layout Standard
24965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24994 \begin_layout Standard
25008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25011 \begin_layout Standard
25025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25028 \begin_layout Standard
25042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25045 \begin_layout Standard
25059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25077 <row topline="true">
25078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25108 \begin_layout Standard
25114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25134 \begin_layout Standard
25148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25151 \begin_layout Standard
25165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25185 \begin_layout Standard
25199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25219 \begin_layout Standard
25225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25228 \begin_layout Standard
25234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25237 \begin_layout Standard
25243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25263 \begin_layout Standard
25277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25280 \begin_layout Standard
25294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25314 \begin_layout Standard
25329 <row topline="true">
25330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25333 \begin_layout Standard
25348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25351 \begin_layout Standard
25357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25369 \begin_layout Standard
25383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25386 \begin_layout Standard
25400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25403 \begin_layout Standard
25417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25420 \begin_layout Standard
25434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25454 \begin_layout Standard
25468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25480 \begin_layout Standard
25486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25498 \begin_layout Standard
25512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25532 \begin_layout Standard
25546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25549 \begin_layout Standard
25563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25581 <row topline="true">
25582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25585 \begin_layout Standard
25600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25603 \begin_layout Standard
25609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25621 \begin_layout Standard
25635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25655 \begin_layout Standard
25669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25672 \begin_layout Standard
25686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25689 \begin_layout Standard
25703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25706 \begin_layout Standard
25720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25741 \begin_layout Standard
25747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25750 \begin_layout Standard
25764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25833 <row topline="true">
25834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25837 \begin_layout Standard
25852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25855 \begin_layout Standard
25861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25864 \begin_layout Standard
25870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25873 \begin_layout Standard
25887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25890 \begin_layout Standard
25904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25984 \begin_layout Standard
25990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25993 \begin_layout Standard
26007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26044 \begin_layout Standard
26058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26093 <row topline="true">
26094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26097 \begin_layout Standard
26112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26124 \begin_layout Standard
26130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26167 \begin_layout Standard
26181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26184 \begin_layout Standard
26198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26201 \begin_layout Standard
26215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26218 \begin_layout Standard
26232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26235 \begin_layout Standard
26241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26304 \begin_layout Standard
26318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26321 \begin_layout Standard
26335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26353 <row topline="true">
26354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26357 \begin_layout Standard
26372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26384 \begin_layout Standard
26390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26393 \begin_layout Standard
26407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26410 \begin_layout Standard
26424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26427 \begin_layout Standard
26441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26444 \begin_layout Standard
26458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26495 \begin_layout Standard
26501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26504 \begin_layout Standard
26510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26547 \begin_layout Standard
26561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26581 \begin_layout Standard
26595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26598 \begin_layout Standard
26613 <row topline="true">
26614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26617 \begin_layout Standard
26632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26635 \begin_layout Standard
26641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26653 \begin_layout Standard
26667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26670 \begin_layout Standard
26684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26687 \begin_layout Standard
26701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26704 \begin_layout Standard
26718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26721 \begin_layout Standard
26735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26738 \begin_layout Standard
26752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26755 \begin_layout Standard
26761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26764 \begin_layout Standard
26770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26773 \begin_layout Standard
26787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26807 \begin_layout Standard
26821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26824 \begin_layout Standard
26838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26873 <row topline="true">
26874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26877 \begin_layout Standard
26892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26895 \begin_layout Standard
26901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26904 \begin_layout Standard
26910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26913 \begin_layout Standard
26927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26930 \begin_layout Standard
26944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26947 \begin_layout Standard
26961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26964 \begin_layout Standard
26978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26998 \begin_layout Standard
27012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27015 \begin_layout Standard
27021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27133 <row topline="true">
27134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27137 \begin_layout Standard
27152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27164 \begin_layout Standard
27170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27173 \begin_layout Standard
27187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27224 \begin_layout Standard
27240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27277 \begin_layout Standard
27283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27395 <row topline="true">
27396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27399 \begin_layout Standard
27414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27426 \begin_layout Standard
27432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27537 \begin_layout Standard
27543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27581 \begin_layout Standard
27595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27598 \begin_layout Standard
27612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27647 <row topline="true">
27648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27651 \begin_layout Standard
27666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27755 \begin_layout Standard
27769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27789 \begin_layout Standard
27795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27875 \begin_layout Standard
27889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27892 \begin_layout Standard
27907 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27911 \begin_layout Standard
27926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27929 \begin_layout Standard
27935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27938 \begin_layout Standard
27944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27998 \begin_layout Standard
28012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28015 \begin_layout Standard
28029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28050 \begin_layout Standard
28056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28059 \begin_layout Standard
28073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28171 \begin_layout Standard
28172 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28174 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28175 also the characters from
28187 \begin_layout Itemize
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28197 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28203 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28209 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28214 \begin_layout Standard
28215 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28232 \begin_layout Standard
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28240 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28242 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28248 is correct, S-M-macron.
28257 \begin_layout Itemize
28270 \begin_layout Standard
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28296 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28297 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28318 \begin_layout Standard
28319 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28320 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
28321 Also make sure you're using the
28328 \begin_layout Chapter
28332 \begin_layout Standard
28333 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28334 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28337 \begin_layout Standard
28338 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28339 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28340 to provide information:
28343 \begin_layout Itemize
28348 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28349 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28357 as some of us call it].
28360 \begin_layout Itemize
28363 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28365 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28369 \begin_layout Itemize
28374 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28375 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28378 \begin_layout Itemize
28381 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28383 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28389 \begin_layout Itemize
28390 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28392 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
28397 for help and answers to questions.
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28401 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28405 LyX Documentation Team,
28406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28409 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28410 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28413 \begin_layout Itemize
28422 \begin_layout Itemize
28423 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28438 \begin_layout Itemize
28439 General editing assistance.
28442 \begin_layout Itemize
28447 \begin_layout Itemize
28451 \begin_layout Itemize
28455 \begin_layout Itemize
28461 \begin_layout Itemize
28470 \begin_layout Itemize
28471 Primary contributor to
28476 \begin_layout Itemize
28477 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28483 \begin_layout Itemize
28492 \begin_layout Itemize
28493 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28509 \begin_layout Itemize
28516 \begin_layout Itemize
28517 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28523 \begin_layout Itemize
28532 \begin_layout Itemize
28533 Documentation of internationalization features in
28539 \begin_layout Itemize
28546 \begin_layout Itemize
28551 \begin_layout Itemize
28555 \begin_layout Itemize
28559 \begin_layout Itemize
28563 \begin_layout Itemize
28569 \begin_layout Itemize
28576 \begin_layout Itemize
28577 Primary contributor to
28583 \begin_layout Itemize
28590 \begin_layout Itemize
28595 \begin_layout Itemize
28599 \begin_layout Itemize
28600 using LaTeX from within LyX
28605 \begin_layout Itemize
28614 \begin_layout Itemize
28615 General organization and format of the documents.
28618 \begin_layout Itemize
28623 \begin_layout Itemize
28627 \begin_layout Itemize
28628 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28632 \begin_layout Itemize
28633 Also responsible for Introduction in
28638 \begin_layout Itemize
28639 Editor of the documents.
28640 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28645 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28649 \begin_layout Bibliography
28650 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28659 \begin_layout Standard
28663 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28676 \begin_layout Standard
28686 \begin_layout Bibliography
28687 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28694 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28697 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28700 \begin_layout Bibliography
28701 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28702 key "latexcompanion"
28706 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28708 The LaTeX Companion.
28711 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28714 \begin_layout Bibliography
28715 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28725 \begin_layout Bibliography
28726 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem